FORM 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

       

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive

offices, including zip code)

 

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x

   Accelerated Filer  ¨

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨  

   Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of April 30, 2014, there were 1,971,294,604 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended March 31, 2014

 

Table of Contents    Page  

Part I—Financial Information

  

Item 1.

  Financial Statements (unaudited)      1   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     1   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

     2   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

     3   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

     4   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

     5   
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     7   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     94   

Item 2.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      95   
 

Introduction

     95   
 

Executive Summary

     96   
 

Business Segments

     104   
 

Accounting Developments

     120   
 

Other Matters

     121   
 

Critical Accounting Policies

     123   
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     127   

Item 3.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      145   

Item 4.

  Controls and Procedures      162   

Financial Data Supplement (unaudited)

     163   

Part II—Other Information

  

Item 1.

  Legal Proceedings      166   

Item 2.

  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds      168   

Item 6.

  Exhibits      168   

 

  i   LOGO


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Morgan Stanley’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

   

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

   

Charters for its Audit Committee; Operations and Technology Committee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee;

 

   

Corporate Governance Policies;

 

   

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

   

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

   

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

 

   

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

   

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

 

   

Code of Conduct; and

 

   

Integrity Hotline information.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

LOGO   ii  


Table of Contents

Part I — Financial Information.

 

Item 1. Financial Statements.

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

    March 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks ($546 and $544 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

  $ 13,785      $ 16,602  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    41,639        43,281  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements ($129 and $117 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    43,651        39,203  

Trading assets, at fair value (approximately $137,157 and $151,078 were pledged to various parties at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($2,854 and $2,825 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    259,545        280,744  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

    58,886        53,430  

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

    21,613        20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $866 and $866 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    107,576        118,130  

Securities borrowed

    147,595        129,707  

Customer and other receivables

    60,506        57,104  

Loans:

   

Held for investment (net of allowances of $124 and $156 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    41,575        36,545  

Held for sale

    4,730        6,329  

Other investments ($540 and $561 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    5,143        5,086  

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $6,253 and $6,420 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($199 and $201 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    5,778        6,019  

Goodwill

    6,601        6,595  

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,777 and $1,703 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) (includes $7 and $8 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    3,210        3,286  

Other assets ($24 and $11 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    9,548        10,133  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 831,381      $ 832,702  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Deposits (includes $0 and $185 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively).

  $ 116,648     $ 112,379  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,169 and $1,347 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    1,786       2,142  

Trading liabilities, at fair value ($46 and $33 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

    111,590       104,521  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

    27,565       24,568  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $610 and $561 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    114,183       145,676  

Securities loaned

    32,370       32,799  

Other secured financings (includes $4,514 and $5,206 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($531 and $543 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

    13,481       14,215  

Customer and other payables

    175,998       157,125  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($75 and $76 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

    14,118       16,672  

Long-term borrowings (includes $35,620 and $35,637 at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    153,374       153,575  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    761,113       763,672  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock (see Note 14)

    3,220       3,220  

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,971,686,139 at March 31, 2014 and 1,944,868,751 at December 31, 2013

    20       20  

Additional Paid-in capital

    23,364       24,570  

Retained earnings

    43,522       42,172  

Employee stock trusts

    2,099       1,718  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (968     (1,093

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 67,207,840 shares at March 31, 2014 and 94,025,228 shares at December 31, 2013

    (2,087     (2,968

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

    (2,099     (1,718
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

    67,071       65,921  

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    3,197       3,109  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    70,268       69,030  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

  $ 831,381     $ 832,702  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  1   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2014      2013  

Revenues:

     

Investment banking

   $ 1,308      $ 1,224  

Trading

     2,962        2,694  

Investments

     359        338  

Commissions and fees

     1,216        1,167  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     2,549        2,346  

Other

     227        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     8,621        7,968  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income

     1,343        1,388  

Interest expense

     1,035        1,206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest

     308        182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

     8,929        8,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

     

Compensation and benefits

     4,305        4,214  

Occupancy and equipment

     359        377  

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

     443        428  

Information processing and communications

     424        448  

Marketing and business development

     147        134  

Professional services

     452        440  

Other

     492        526  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     6,622        6,567  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,307        1,583  

Provision for income taxes

     762        333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     1,545        1,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     44        (30

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     5        (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     39        (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,584      $ 1,231  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —           122  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     79        147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,505      $ 962  

Preferred stock dividends

     56        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,449      $ 936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1,466      $ 981  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     39        (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,505      $ 962  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.73      $ 0.50  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.02        (0.01 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

   $ 0.75      $ 0.49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.72      $ 0.49  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.02        (0.01 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

   $ 0.74      $ 0.48  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.05      $ 0.05  

Average common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     1,924,270,160        1,901,204,729  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     1,969,652,798        1,940,264,085  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   2  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013      

Net income

   $ 1,584      $ 1,231  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   $ 66      $ (245

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

     1        1  

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale(3)

     74        (27

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

     2        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 143      $ (270
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,727      $ 961  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —          122  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     79        147  

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     18        (92
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,630      $ 784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(56) million and $165 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $1 million and $1 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3) Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $51 million and $(19) million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(4) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $1 million and $5 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  3   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
        2014             2013      

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   

Net income

  $ 1,584     $ 1,231  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Income on equity method investees

    (38     (64

Compensation payable in common stock and options

    311       265  

Depreciation and amortization

    326       360  

Net (gain) loss on business dispositions

    (66     5  

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

    (6     (3

Impairment charges

    33        29  

(Provision) release for credit losses on lending activities

    10       (39

Other non-cash adjustments to net income

    (65     (5

Changes in assets and liabilities:

   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    (4,448     (343

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

    31,336       13,284  

Securities borrowed

    (17,888     (14,026

Securities loaned

    (429     3,502  

Customer and other receivables and other assets

    (1,299     2,730  

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

    16,904       6,976  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    10,554       (6,003

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    (31,492     (3,404
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    5,327        4,495  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   

Proceeds from (payments for):

   

Premises, equipment and software

    2        (263

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

    135       481  

Loans

    (4,560     (2,168

Purchases of securities available for sale

    (8,188     (4,674

Sales of securities available for sale

    1,853       2,029  

Maturities and redemptions of securities available for sale

    981       1,351  

Other investing activities

    (41     105  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

    (9,818     (3,139
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   

Net proceeds from (payments for):

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

    (356     337  

Noncontrolling interests

    (9     (8

Other secured financings

    (1,719     501  

Deposits

    4,269       (2,643

Proceeds from:

   

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

    84       12  

Derivatives financing activities

    150       279  

Issuance of long-term borrowings

    7,701        10,046  

Payments for:

   

Long-term borrowings

    (8,786     (12,018

Derivatives financing activities

    —         (243

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

    (672     (306

Cash dividends

    (143     (119
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    519        (4,162
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    59       (612
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

    (546     (584
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,459     (4,002

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

    59,883       46,904  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $ 55,424     $ 42,902  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 13,785     $ 17,773  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    41,639       25,129  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $ 55,424     $ 42,902  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $606 million and $728 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $128 million and $139 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   4  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

  $ 3,220     $ 20     $ 24,570     $ 42,172     $ 1,718     $ (1,093   $ (2,968   $ (1,718   $ 3,109     $ 69,030  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

    —          —          —          1,505       —          —          —          —          —          1,505  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          79       79  

Dividends

    —          —          —          (155     —          —          —          —          —          (155

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —          —          (1,206     —          381       —          1,553       (381     —          347  

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (672     —          —          (672

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          125       —          —          18       143  

Other net decreases

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (9     (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2014

  $ 3,220     $ 20     $ 23,364     $ 43,522     $ 2,099     $ (968   $ (2,087   $ (2,099   $ 3,197     $ 70,268  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  5   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—(Continued)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Non-
Redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

  $ 1,508     $ 20     $ 23,426     $ 39,912     $ 2,932     $ (516   $ (2,241   $ (2,932   $ 3,319     $ 65,428  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

    —         —         —         962       —         —         —         —         —         962  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         147       147  

Dividends

    —         —         —         (124     —         —         —         —         —         (124

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —         —         235       —         (1,060     —         6       1,060       —         241  

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (306     —         —         (306

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         (178     —         —         (92     (270

Other net decreases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (6     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2013

  $ 1,508     $ 20     $ 23,661     $ 40,750     $ 1,872     $ (694   $ (2,541   $ (1,872   $ 3,368     $ 66,072  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   6  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

Discontinued Operations.    On March 27, 2014, the Company sold its Canadian terminal business (“CanTerm”) for approximately $110 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $45 million. Net revenues were $49 million and $5 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Net pre-tax income was $45 million and $0 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The results of CanTerm are reported as discontinued operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

Remaining pre-tax loss amounts of $(1) million and $(30) million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, that are included in discontinued operations primarily related to the sale of Saxon and a principal investment.

Prior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations.

Basis of Financial Information.    The condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal

 

  7   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation.    The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 7). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests or Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is redeemable would be presented as Redeemable noncontrolling interests outside of the equity section in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is nonredeemable is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where the Company has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 4).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the Company considers its trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.

 

LOGO   8  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies.

For a detailed discussion about the Company’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, no updates were made to the Company’s significant accounting policies.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For purposes of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, held for investment purposes, and readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

The Company had no significant non-cash activities in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013.

Accounting Developments.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.    In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This update also requires additional disclosures about those obligations. This guidance became effective for the Company retrospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.    In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring the parent entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income when the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity. When the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the related cumulative translation adjustment would be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance became effective for the Company prospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements of an Investment Company.    In June 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that modifies the criteria used in defining an investment company under generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) and sets forth certain measurement and disclosure requirements. This update requires an investment company to measure noncontrolling interests in another investment company at fair value and requires an entity to disclose the fact that it is an investment company, and provide information about changes, if any, in its status as an investment company. An entity will also need to include disclosures around financial support that has been provided or is contractually required to be provided to any of its investees. This guidance became effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

  9   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.    In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a deferred tax asset from a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to such deferred tax asset if a settlement in such manner is expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014. This guidance was applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that existed at the effective date. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Wealth Management JV.

In 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the combination of each institution’s respective wealth management business. The combined businesses operated as the “Wealth Management JV”. Prior to September 2012, the Company owned 51% and Citi owned 49% of the Wealth Management JV. In September 2012, the Company purchased an additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV from Citi for $1.89 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 51% to 65%. In June 2013, the Company purchased the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV for $4.725 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 65% to 100%.

For the first quarter of 2014, no results were attributed to Citi since the Company owned 100% of the Wealth Management JV. For the first quarter of 2013, Citi’s 35% interest was reported on the balance sheet as redeemable noncontrolling interest and the results related to its 35% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, $5 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2014, approximately $24 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

 

4. Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.

Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities.

U.S. Government and Agency Securities.

 

   

U.S. Treasury Securities.    U.S. Treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. Treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. The fair value of agency mortgage

 

LOGO   10  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of the comparable To-be-announced security. Collateralized mortgage obligations are valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for identical or comparable securities. Actively traded non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations.

 

   

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. If the market is less active or prices are dispersed, these bonds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In instances where the inputs are unobservable, these bonds are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate and Other Debt.

 

   

State and Municipal Securities.    The fair value of state and municipal securities is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. In evaluating the fair value of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered. Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs, then RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads, credit default swap spreads, at the money volatility and/or volatility skew obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to similar instruments or cash flow models with yield curves,

 

  11   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

bond or single-name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Collateralized Debt and Loan Obligations.    The Company holds cash collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”)/collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name credit default swaps collateralized by corporate bonds (“credit-linked notes”) or cash portfolio of asset-backed securities/loans (“asset-backed CDOs/CLOs”). Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of credit-linked notes, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other credit-linked note model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable. Asset-backed CDOs/CLOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each asset-backed CDO/CLO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, and deal structures, as well as liquidity. Cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when either the credit correlation input is insignificant or comparable market transactions are observable. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant or comparable market transactions are unobservable, cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract. Corporate loans and lending commitments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy except in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, in which case they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valued using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions. Mortgage loans valued based on observable market data for identical or comparable instruments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Where observable prices are not available, due to the subjectivity involved in the comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, mortgage loans are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Mortgage loans are presented within Loans and lending commitments in the fair value hierarchy table.

 

   

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”), which are floating rate instruments for which the rates reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of

 

LOGO   12  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. The fair value of ARS is primarily determined using recently executed transactions and market price quotations, obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers, where available. The Company uses an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk where independent external market data are not available.

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are independent external market data, recently executed transactions of comparable ARS, the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are recently executed transactions, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls/prepayment. ARS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. SLARS and MARS are presented within Asset-backed securities and State and municipal securities, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy table.

Corporate Equities.

 

   

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied, and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Unlisted Equity Securities.    Unlisted equity securities are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Fund Units.    Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price or net asset value (“NAV”) and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy if actively traded on an exchange or in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy if trading is not active. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV and categorized as Level 2; however, positions that are not redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative and Other Contracts.

 

   

Listed Derivative Contracts.    Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing

 

  13   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure and credit derivatives, including credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities and basket credit default swaps, where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative interests in credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, for which observability of external price data is limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels as well as cash-synthetic basis, or the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features, etc.) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

For basket credit default swaps, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap or position and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, these instruments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier price curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is determined using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11.

Investments.

 

   

The Company’s investments include direct investments in equity securities as well as investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Direct investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Company generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to

 

LOGO   14  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

be the best estimate of fair value. For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

Exchange-traded direct equity investments that are actively traded are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Physical Commodities.

 

   

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals, and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Securities Available for Sale.

 

   

Securities available for sale are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), CMBS, Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) student loan asset-backed securities, auto loan asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, collateralized loan obligations, and equity securities. Actively traded U.S. Treasury securities, non-callable agency-issued debt securities and equity securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, CMBS, FFELP student loan asset-backed securities, auto loan asset-backed securities, corporate bonds and collateralized loan obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For further information on securities available for sale, see Note 5.

Deposits.

 

   

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is determined using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings.

 

   

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the notes are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency, and commodity or equity prices. Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are considered as well. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  15   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase.

 

   

The fair value of a reverse repurchase agreement or repurchase agreement is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities. In instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant, reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

LOGO   16  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at March 31, 2014.

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
March 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

          

Trading assets:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 25,473     $ 3     $ —       $ —       $ 25,476  

U.S. agency securities

     1,549       14,690       —         —         16,239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     27,022       14,693       —          —          41,715  

Other sovereign government obligations

     32,487       6,887       8       —          39,382  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —          1,591       —          —          1,591  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —          1,703       51       —          1,754  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —          1,772       80       —          1,852  

Asset-backed securities

     —          853       146       —          999  

Corporate bonds

     —          16,083       538       —          16,621  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —          473       1,293       —          1,766  

Loans and lending commitments

     —          8,411       4,988       —          13,399  

Other debt

     —          2,743       31       —          2,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —          33,629       7,127       —          40,756  

Corporate equities(1)

     95,834       189       263       —          96,286  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     590       433,871       2,533       —          436,994  

Credit contracts

     —          37,479       2,304       —          39,783  

Foreign exchange contracts

     27       49,712       162       —          49,901  

Equity contracts

     1,139       48,504       1,543       —          51,186  

Commodity contracts

     2,387       12,242       2,018       —          16,647  

Other

     —          114       —          —          114  

Netting(2)

     (3,815     (499,521     (4,627     (56,075     (564,038
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     328       82,401       3,933       (56,075     30,587  

Investments:

          

Private equity funds

     —          —          2,576       —          2,576  

Real estate funds

     —          6       1,643       —          1,649  

Hedge funds

     —          386       394       —          780  

Principal investments

     87       49       2,193       —          2,329  

Other

     181       57       521       —          759  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     268       498       7,327       —          8,093  

Physical commodities

     —          2,726       —          —          2,726  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets

     155,939       141,023       18,658       (56,075     259,545  

Securities available for sale

     29,264       29,622       —          —          58,886  

Securities received as collateral

     21,594       16       3       —          21,613  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —          866       —          —          866  

Intangible assets(3)

     —          —          7       —          7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 206,797     $ 171,527     $ 18,668     $ (56,075   $ 340,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  17   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
March 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ —        $ 1,169     $ —        $ —        $ 1,169  

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     14,509       —          —          —          14,509  

U.S. agency securities

     2,079       134       —          —          2,213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     16,588       134       —          —          16,722  

Other sovereign government obligations

     17,986       2,457       —          —          20,443  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —          2       —          —          2  

Asset-backed securities

     —          1       —          —          1  

Corporate bonds

     —          6,354       3       —          6,357  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —          5       —          —          5  

Unfunded lending commitments

     —          39       6       —          45  

Other debt

     —          385        68        —          453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —          6,786       77        —          6,863  

Corporate equities(1)

     34,548       136       10       —          34,694  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     556       411,966       2,654       —          415,176  

Credit contracts

     —          35,784       2,535       —          38,319  

Foreign exchange contracts

     5       50,088       110       —          50,203  

Equity contracts

     1,212       52,975       2,642       —          56,829  

Commodity contracts

     2,748       13,371       944       —          17,063  

Other

     —          46       1       —          47  

Netting(2)

     (3,815     (499,521     (4,627     (36,806     (544,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     706       64,709       4,259       (36,806     32,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

     69,828       74,222       4,346       (36,806     111,590  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     27,531       31       3       —          27,565  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —          456       154       —          610  

Other secured financings

     —          4,239       275       —          4,514  

Long-term borrowings

     —          33,742       1,878       —          35,620  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 97,359     $ 113,859     $ 6,656     $ (36,806   $ 181,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11.
(3) Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2014, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 

LOGO   18  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2013.

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

          

Trading assets:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 32,083     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 32,083  

U.S. agency securities

     1,216       17,720       —         —         18,936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     33,299       17,720       —         —         51,019  

Other sovereign government obligations

     25,363       6,610       27       —         32,000  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         1,615       —         —         1,615  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —         2,029       47       —         2,076  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —         1,534       108       —         1,642  

Asset-backed securities

     —         878       103       —         981  

Corporate bonds

     —         16,592       522       —         17,114  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         802       1,468       —         2,270  

Loans and lending commitments

     —         7,483       5,129       —         12,612  

Other debt

     —         6,365       27       —         6,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         37,298       7,404       —         44,702  

Corporate equities(1)

     107,818       1,206       190       —         109,214  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     750       526,127       2,475       —         529,352  

Credit contracts

     —         42,258       2,088       —         44,346  

Foreign exchange contracts

     52       61,570       179       —         61,801  

Equity contracts

     1,215       51,656       1,234       —         54,105  

Commodity contracts

     2,396       8,595       2,380       —         13,371  

Other

     —         43       —         —         43  

Netting(2)

     (3,836     (606,878     (4,931     (54,906     (670,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     577       83,371       3,425       (54,906     32,467  

Investments:

          

Private equity funds

     —         —         2,531       —         2,531  

Real estate funds

     —         6       1,637       —         1,643  

Hedge funds

     —         377       432       —         809  

Principal investments

     43       42       2,160       —         2,245  

Other

     202       45       538       —         785  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     245       470       7,298       —         8,013  

Physical commodities

     —         3,329       —         —         3,329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets

     167,302       150,004       18,344       (54,906     280,744  

Securities available for sale

     24,412       29,018       —         —         53,430  

Securities received as collateral

     20,497       11       —         —         20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         866       —         —         866  

Intangible assets(3)

     —         —         8       —         8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 212,211     $ 179,899     $ 18,352     $ (54,906   $ 355,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  19   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

          

Deposits

   $ —       $ 185     $ —       $ —       $ 185  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     —         1,346       1       —         1,347  

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     15,963       —         —         —         15,963  

U.S. agency securities

     2,593       116       —         —         2,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     18,556       116       —         —         18,672  

Other sovereign government obligations

     14,717       2,473       —         —         17,190  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         15       —         —         15  

Corporate bonds

     —         5,033       22       —         5,055  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         3       —         —         3  

Unfunded lending commitments

     —         127       2       —         129  

Other debt

     —         1,144       48       —         1,192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         6,322       72       —         6,394  

Corporate equities(1)

     27,983       513       8       —         28,504  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     675       504,292       2,362       —         507,329  

Credit contracts

     —         40,391       2,235       —         42,626  

Foreign exchange contracts

     23       61,925       111       —         62,059  

Equity contracts

     1,033       57,797       2,065       —         60,895  

Commodity contracts

     2,637       8,749       1,500       —         12,886  

Other

     —         72       4       —         76  

Netting(2)

     (3,836     (606,878     (4,931     (36,465     (652,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     532       66,348       3,346       (36,465     33,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

     61,788       75,772       3,426       (36,465     104,521  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     24,549       19       —         —         24,568  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —         407       154       —         561  

Other secured financings

     —         4,928       278       —         5,206  

Long-term borrowings

     —         33,750       1,887       —         35,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 86,337     $ 116,407     $ 5,746     $ (36,465   $ 172,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11.
(3) Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2013.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2013, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 

LOGO   20  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.

 

  21   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2014
    Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at March 31,
2014(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 27     $ 2     $ —        $ (20   $ —        $ —        $ (1   $ 8     $ 1  

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    47       5       2       (8     —          —          5       51       4  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    108       8       45       (81     —          —          —          80       —     

Asset-backed securities

    103       17       7       (3     —          —          22       146       17  

Corporate bonds

    522       20       183       (188     —          (8     9       538       21  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,468       52       283       (494     —          (51     35       1,293       12  

Loans and lending commitments

    5,129       (289     670       (122     —          (383     (17     4,988       (292

Other debt

    27       1       2       (3     —          —          4       31       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,404       (186     1,192       (899     —          (442     58       7,127       (238

Corporate equities

    190       (1     90       (21     —          —          5       263       (3

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    113       (133     9       —          (7     (51     (52     (121     (150

Credit contracts

    (147     (77     39       —          (70     36       (12     (231     67  

Foreign exchange contracts

    68       (7     —          —          —          8       (17     52       (6

Equity contracts

    (831     49       144       (1     (277     (106     (77     (1,099     10  

Commodity contracts

    880       163       56       —          —          (25     —          1,074       152  

Other

    (4     (1     —          —          —          4       —          (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    79       (6     248       (1     (354     (134     (158     (326     72  

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,531       171       75       (201     —          —          —          2,576       90  

Real estate funds

    1,637       52       15       (61     —          —          —          1,643       46  

Hedge funds

    432       13       18       (12     —          —          (57     394       13  

Principal investments

    2,160       61       —          (12     —          —          (16     2,193       47  

Other

    538       (14     10       (11     —          —          (2     521       (14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    7,298       283       118       (297     —          —          (75     7,327       182  

Securities received as collateral

    —          —          —          —          —          —          3       3       —     

Intangible assets

    8       —          —          —          —          (1     —          7       —     

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ 1     $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (1)      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Corporate bonds

    22       4       (46     40       —          —          (9     3       3  

Unfunded lending commitments

    2       (4     —          —          —          —          —          6       (4

Other debt

    48       —         (5     —          —          —          25       68        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    72       —         (51     40        —          —          16       77        (1 )

Corporate equities

    8       1       (3     2       —          —          4       10       —     

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

    —          —          —          —          —          —          3       3       —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    154       —          —          —          —          —          —          154       —     

Other secured financings

    278       (4     —          —          1       (8     —          275       (4

Long-term borrowings

    1,887       (25 )     —          —          185       (176     (43 )     1,878       (27

 

LOGO   22  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $283 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2014.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2014, there were no material transfers from Level 2 to Level 3.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2013.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at March 31,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 6     $ —        $ 1     $ (3   $ —        $ —        $ (1   $ 3     $ —     

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    45       26       15       (42     —          —          (25     19       9  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    232       15       6       (80     —          —          1       174       7  

Asset-backed securities

    109       —          1       (99     —          —          —          11       —     

Corporate bonds

    660       62       437       (247     —          (12     (12     888       5  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,951       191       314       (695     —          (95     —          1,666       63  

Loans and lending commitments

    4,694       20       944       (149     —          (738     513       5,284       1  

Other debt

    45       (8     14       (49     —          —          (1     1       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,736       306       1,731       (1,361     —          (845     476       8,043       84  

Corporate equities

    288       (22     85       (61     —          —          (20     270       5  

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (82     (106     1       —          (1     192       (26     (22     18  

Credit contracts

    1,822       (452     42       —          (15     (4     10       1,403       (418

Foreign exchange contracts

    (359     8       —          —          —          109       7       (235     (2

Equity contracts

    (1,144     (140     85       (1     (93     (76     29       (1,340     (125

Commodity contracts

    709       (10     9       —          (4     (8     7       703       (30

Other

    (7     (2     —          —          —          6       —          (3     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivatives and other contracts

    939       (702     137       (1     (113     219       27       506       (559

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,179       114       70       (72     —          —          —          2,291       104  

Real estate funds

    1,370       80       3       (83     —          —          —          1,370       90  

Hedge funds

    552       2       31       (34     —          —          (6     545       (3

Principal investments

    2,833       63       35       (85     —          —          9       2,855       78  

Other

    486       17       11       (17     —          —          (1     496       16  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    7,420       276       150       (291     —          —          2       7,557       285  

Intangible assets

    7       4       —          —          —          (3     —          8       2  

 

  23   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
March 31,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ 19     $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ (1   $ (14   $ 5     $ —     

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    4       —          —          —          —          —          —          4       —     

Corporate bonds

    177       —          (131     371       —          —          7       424       3  

Unfunded lending commitments

    46       21       —          —          —          —          —          25       20  

Other debt

    49       11       (37     10       —          —          —          11       10  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    276       32       (168     381       —          —          7       464       33  

Corporate equities

    5       —          (3     1       —          —          1       4       1  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    151       (4     —          —          —          —          —          155       (4

Other secured financings

    406       12       —          —          13       (132     —          275       5  

Long-term borrowings

    2,789       (17     —          —          543       (188     (377     2,784       (17

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $276 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for March 31, 2013 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2013.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11.

Quantitative Information about and Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

The disclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

 

LOGO   24  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At March 31, 2014.

 

    Balance at
March 31,
2014

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

  Averages(2)  

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  $ 51    

Comparable pricing

  Comparable bond price / (A)   0 to 69 points     6 points   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    80    

Comparable pricing

  Comparable bond price / (A)   3 to 84 points     34 points   

Asset-backed securities

    146    

Discounted cash flow(6)

  Discount rate / (C)   17%     17%  
           

Comparable pricing

  Comparable bond price / (A)   0 to 63 points     31 points   

Corporate bonds

    538    

Comparable pricing

  Comparable bond price / (A)   1 to 170 points     74 points   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,293    

Comparable pricing(6)

  Comparable bond price / (A)   18 to 101 points     75 points   
           

Correlation model

  Credit correlation / (B)   43 to 57%     49%   

Loans and lending commitments

    4,988    

Corporate loan model

  Credit spread / (C)   25 to 460 basis points     247 basis points   
   

Margin loan model

  Credit spread / (C)(D)   214 to 216 basis points     214 basis points   
      Volatility skew / (C)(D)   1 to 40%     21%   
      Comparable bond price / (A)(D)   80 to 120 points     100 points   
      Discount rate / (C)(D)   2 to 3%     3%   
   

Option model

  Volatility skew / (C)   -1 to 0%     0%   
           

Comparable pricing(6)

  Comparable loan price / (A)   10 to 101 points     79 points   

Corporate equities(3)

    263    

Net asset value

  Discount to net asset value / (C)   0 to 85%     43%   
   

Comparable pricing(6)

  Comparable equity price / (A)   100%     100%   
   

Comparable pricing

  Comparable price / (A)   100%     100%   
   

Market approach

  EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)   5 to 11 times     6 times   
                Price/Book ratio / (A)(D)   0 to 1 times     1 times   

Net derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    (121)     

Option model

 

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

  0 to 3 times     2 times   
      Comparable bond price / (A)(D)   5 to 100 points    
 
64 points /
81 points(4)
  
  
     

Interest rate—Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  37 to 64%     51% / 54%(4)   
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

  25 to 55%     37% / 29%(4)   
     

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

  -11 to 37%     9% / 7%(4)   
     

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

  47 to 85%     72% / 73%(4)   
      Inflation volatility / (A)(D)   78 to 80%     79% / 79%(4)   
               

Interest rate—Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

  -42%     -42% / -42%(4)   

Credit contracts

    (231)     

Comparable pricing

  Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)   4 to 8 points     7 points   
      Comparable bond price / (C)(D)   0 to 55 points     19 points   
           

Correlation model(6)

  Credit correlation / (B)   27 to 95%     57%   

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

    52    

Option model

  Comparable bond price / (A)(D)   5 to 100 points    
 
64 points /
81 points(4)
  
  
     

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

  -11 to 37%     9% / 7%(4)   
     

Interest rate—Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

  -59 to 16%     -19% / -19%(4)   
     

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

  47 to 85%     72% / 73%(4)   
     

Interest rate—Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  37 to 64%     51% / 54%(4)   
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

  25 to 55%     37% / 29%(4)   
                Interest rate curve / (A)(D)   0 to 2%     1% / 0%(4)   

 

  25   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Balance at
March 31,
2014

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

  Range(1)     Averages(2)  

Equity contracts(5)

    (1,099)     

Option model

 

At the money volatility / (A)(D)

    16 to 52%        31%   
     

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

    -4 to 0%        -1%   
     

Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D)

    40 to 99%        70%   
     

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

    -50 to -11%        -20%   
               

Equity—Interest rate correlation /(C)(D)

    -4 to 70%        25% / 10%(4)   

Commodity contracts

    1,074    

Option model

 

Forward power price / (C)(D)

   
 
$15 to $85 per
Megawatt hour
  
 
   
 
$40 per
Megawatt hour
  
 
     

Commodity volatility / (A)(D)

    13 to 40%        15%   
               

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

    34 to 99%        94%   

Investments(3):

Principal investments

    2,193    

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

    11%        11%   
     

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

    10 times        10 times   
   

Discounted cash flow(6)

 

Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

    5 to 11%        7%   
     

Equity discount rate / (C)(D)

    10 to 30%        21%   
           

Market approach

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

    4 to 6 times        5 times   

Other

    521    

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

    7 to 10%        8%   
     

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

    8 to 9 times        9 times   
           

Market approach(6)

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

    9 to 11 times        10 times   

Liabilities

         

Corporate and other debt:

                               

Other debt

  $ 68    

Comparable pricing

 

Comparable bond price /(A)

    0 to 15 points        5 points   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    154    

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

    81 to 93 basis points        89 basis points   

Other secured financings

    275    

Comparable pricing(6)

 

Comparable bond price / (A)

    100 to 104 points        103 points   
           

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

    94 to 98 basis points        95 basis points   

Long-term borrowings

    1,878    

Option model

 

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

    24 to 30%        26%   
     

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

    -1 to 0%        0%   
     

Equity—Equity correlation / (A)(D)

    40 to 90%        64%   
               

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

    -70 to 17%        -9%   

 

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

(1) The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 84 points would be 84% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 460 basis points would equal 4.60%.
(2) Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for collateralized debt and loan obligations, long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where some or all inputs are weighted by risk.
(3) Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(4) The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5) Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6) This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B) Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D) There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

LOGO   26  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2013.

 

    Balance at
December 31,
2013

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 

Averages(2)

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                       

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  $ 108     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)   40 to 93 points   78 points

Asset-backed securities

    103     Discounted cash flow   Discount rate / (C)   18%   18%

Corporate bonds

    522     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)   1 to 159 points   85 points

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,468     Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable bond price / (A)   18 to 99 points   73 points
          Correlation model   Credit correlation / (B)   29 to 59%   43%

Loans and lending commitments

    5,129     Corporate loan model   Credit spread / (C)   28 to 487 basis points   249 basis points
    Margin loan model   Credit spread / (C)(D)   10 to 265 basis points   135 basis points
      Volatility skew / (C)(D)   3 to 40%   14%
     

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

  80 to 120 points   100 points
    Option model   Volatility skew / (C)   -1 to 0%   0%
            Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable loan price / (A)   10 to 100 points   76 points

Corporate equities(3)

    190     Net asset value(6)   Discount to net asset value / (C)   0 to 85%   43%
    Comparable pricing   Comparable equity price / (A)   100%  

100%

    Comparable pricing   Comparable price / (A)  

100%

 

100%

    Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)   5 to 9 times   6 times
                Price/Book ratio / (A)(D)   0 to 1 times   1 times

Net derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    113     Option model  

Interest rate volatility concentration
liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

  0 to 6 times   2 times
     

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

  5 to 100 points   58 points /
65 points(4)
     

Interest rate—Foreign exchange
correlation / (A)(D)

  3 to 63%   43% / 48%(4)
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

  24 to 50%   33% / 28%(4)
     

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

  -11 to 34%   8% / 5%(4)
     

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

  46 to 92%   74% / 80%(4)
                Inflation volatility / (A)(D)   77 to 86%   81% / 80%(4)

Credit contracts

    (147)      Comparable pricing   Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)   2 to 5 points   4 points
      Comparable bond price / (C)(D)   0 to 75 points   27 points
          Correlation model(6)   Credit correlation / (B)   19 to 96%   56%

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

    68     Option model  

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

  5 to 100 points   58 points / 65 points(4)
     

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

  -11 to 34%   8% / 5%(4)
     

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

  46 to 92%   74% / 80%(4)
     

Interest rate—Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  3 to 63%   43% / 48%(4)
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

  24 to 50%   33% / 28%(4)
                Interest rate curve / (A)(D)   0 to 1%   1% / 0%(4)

Equity contracts(5)

    (831)      Option model  

At the money volatility / (A)(D)

  20 to 53%   31%
      Volatility skew / (A)(D)   -3 to 0%   -1%
     

Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D)

  40 to 99%   69%
     

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  -50 to 9%   -20%
               

Equity—Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

  -4 to 70%   39% / 40%(4)
         

 

  27   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Balance at
December 31,
2013

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) / Sensitivity
of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 

Averages(2)

Commodity contracts

    880     Option model  

Forward power price / (C)(D)

  $14 to $91 per Megawatt hour   $40 per Megawatt hour
     

Commodity volatility / (A)(D)

  11 to 30%   14%
               

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

  34 to 99%   93%

Investments(3):

         

Principal investments

    2,160     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  12%   12%
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)   9 times   9 times
   

Discounted cash
flow(6)

  Capitalization rate / (C)(D)   5 to 13%   7%
      Equity discount rate / (C)(D)   10 to 30%   21%
            Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)   5 to 6 times   5 times

Other

    538     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  7 to 10%   8%
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)   7 to 9 times   9 times
            Market approach(6)   EBITDA multiple / (A)   8 to 14 times   10 times

Liabilities

         

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 154     Discounted cash flow   Funding spread / (A)   92 to 97 basis points   95 basis points

Other secured financings

    278     Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable bond price / (A)   99 to 102 points   101 points
            Discounted cash flow   Funding spread / (A)   97 basis points   97 basis points

Long-term borrowings

    1,887     Option model  

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

  20 to 33%   26%
      Volatility skew / (A)(D)   -2 to 0%   0%
     

Equity—Equity correlation / (A)(D)

  50 to 70%   69%
               

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  -60 to 0%   -23%

 

(1) The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 93 points would be 93% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 487 basis points would equal 4.87%.
(2) Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where inputs are weighted by risk.
(3) Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(4) The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5) Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6) This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B) Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D) There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

LOGO   28  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

 

   

Comparable bond price—a pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to use price-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question. Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for RMBS, CMBS, CDOs, CLOs, Other debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings, mortgage loans and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately for non-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

 

   

Correlation—a pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

 

   

Credit spread—the difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

   

Volatility skew—the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

 

   

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple—is the Enterprise Value to EBITDA ratio, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

 

   

Price / Book ratio—the ratio used to compare a stock’s market value to its book value. It is calculated by dividing the current closing price of the stock by the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

 

   

Volatility—the measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

 

  29   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments (“cash instruments”) and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents (“synthetic instruments”). The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

 

   

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

 

   

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors, respectively.

 

   

Capitalization rate—the ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value at the projected disposition date.

 

   

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding overnight indexed swap (“OIS”)/ LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

Fair Value of Investments That Calculate Net Asset Value.

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $8,093 million and $8,013 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively:

 

     At March 31, 2014      At December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value      Unfunded
Commitment
     Fair Value      Unfunded
Commitment
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Private equity funds

   $ 2,576      $ 536      $ 2,531      $ 559  

Real estate funds

     1,649        109        1,643        124  

Hedge funds(1):

           

Long-short equity hedge funds

     461        —           469        —     

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

     74        —           82        —     

Event-driven hedge funds

     39        —           38        —     

Multi-strategy hedge funds

     206        3        220        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,005      $ 648      $ 4,983      $ 686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a three-month period basis primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At March 31, 2014, approximately 40% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 44% is redeemable every six months and 16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at March 31, 2014 is primarily greater than six months. At December 31, 2013, approximately 42% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 42% is redeemable every six months and 16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2013 is primarily greater than six months.

 

LOGO   30  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Private Equity Funds.    Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments, and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At March 31, 2014, it was estimated that 11% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 53% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 36% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At March 31, 2014, it was estimated that 5% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 52% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 43% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Hedge Funds.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision that provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

   

Long-Short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 11% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily two years or less at March 31, 2014. Investments representing approximately 19% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was primarily indefinite at March 31, 2014.

 

   

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. Investments representing approximately 8% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at March 31, 2014.

 

   

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, with the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At March 31, 2014, there were no restrictions on redemptions.

 

   

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At March 31, 2014, investments representing approximately 33% of the fair value of the investments in this

 

  31   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at March 31, 2014. Investments representing approximately 16% of the fair value of the investments in multi-strategy hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at March 31, 2014.

Fair Value Option.

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models. The following table presents net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

     Trading
Revenues
    Interest
Income
(Expense)
    Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Net
Revenues
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (1   $ 2     $ 1  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

     (23     —          (23

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —         (1     (1

Long-term borrowings(1)

     (270     (172     (442

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 1     $ 1     $ 2  

Deposits

     14       (17     (3

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

     63       (1     62  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (4     (1     (5

Long-term borrowings(1)

     91       (297     (206

 

(1) Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, $126 million and $(317) million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option or as required by other accounting guidance. The amounts in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

The Company hedges the economics of market risk for short-term and long-term borrowings (i.e., risks other than that related to the credit quality of the Company) as part of its overall trading strategy and manages the market risks embedded within the issuance by the related business unit as part of the business unit’s portfolio. The gains and losses on related economic hedges are recorded in Trading revenues and largely offset the gains and losses on short-term and long-term borrowings attributable to market risk.

 

LOGO   32  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, a breakdown of the short-term and long-term borrowings measured at fair value on a recurring basis by business unit responsible for risk-managing each borrowing is shown in the table below:

 

     Short-Term and  Long-Term
Borrowings
 

Business Unit

   At
March 31,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rates

   $ 15,421      $ 15,933  

Equity

     18,238        17,945  

Credit and foreign exchange

     2,461        2,561  

Commodities

     669        545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,789      $ 36,984  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 126      $ (317

Loans(2)

     3        60  

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

     14        134  

 

(1) The change in the fair value of short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads.
(2) Instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3) Gains (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

 

  33   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Difference between Contractual Principal Amount and Fair Value.

 

     Contractual Principal
Amount Exceeds
Fair Value
 
     At
March 31,
2014
    At
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ (1,814   $ (2,409

Loans(2)

     17,688       17,248  

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(2)(3)

     15,148       15,113  

 

(1) These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.
(2) The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3) The aggregate fair value of loans that were in nonaccrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $1,278 million and $1,205 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $629 million and $655 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, and intangible assets.

The following tables present, by caption on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:         
     Carrying
Value at
March 31,
2014
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Gains (Losses)
for the Three
Months Ended
March  31,
2014(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(2)

   $ 1,663      $ —        $ 1,423      $ 240      $ (7

Other investments(3)

     302        —           —          302        (22

Intangible assets(3)

     28        —           —           28         (2

Other assets

     1        —           1        —          (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,994      $ —        $ 1,424       $ 570      $ (40
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues whereas losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs and Intangible assets are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

LOGO   34  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2) Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3) Losses were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:         
     Carrying
Value at
March 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Gains(Losses)
for the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
2013(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(2)

   $ 2,532      $ —        $ 490      $ 2,042      $ (9

Other investments(3)

     69        —           —          69        (18

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

     25        —           —          25        (1

Intangible assets(3)

     2        —           —          2        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,628      $ —        $ 490      $ 2,138      $ (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2) Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3) Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

The tables below present the carrying value, fair value and fair value hierarchy category of certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, including Interest bearing deposits with banks, and other short-term financial instruments such as Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; Securities borrowed; Securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Securities loaned; certain Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables arising in the ordinary course of business; certain Deposits; Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; and Other secured financings approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected maturity.

For longer-dated Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned and Other secured financings, fair value is

 

  35   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

For consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value is based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level. The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

The fair value of long-term borrowings is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

At March 31, 2014.

 

     At March 31, 2014      Fair Value Measurements Using:  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Quoted
Prices  in
Active

Markets
for
Identical

Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

  

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 13,785      $ 13,785      $ 13,785      $ —        $ —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     41,639        41,639        41,639        —          —    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     43,651        43,651        43,651        —          —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     106,710        106,719        —          106,004        715  

Securities borrowed

     147,595        147,594        —          147,355        239  

Customer and other receivables(1)

     56,672        56,464        —          51,435        5,029  

Loans(2)

     46,305        46,918        —          11,743        35,175  

Financial Liabilities:

              

Deposits

   $ 116,648      $ 116,714      $ —        $ 116,714      $ —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     617        617        —          617        —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     113,573        113,670        —          106,553        7,117  

Securities loaned

     32,370        32,395        —          30,687        1,708  

Other secured financings

     8,967        8,989        —          5,463        3,526  

Customer and other payables(1)

     173,040        173,040        —          173,040        —    

Long-term borrowings

     117,754        123,089        —          122,183        906  

 

(1) Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2) Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

LOGO   36  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at March 31, 2014 was $824 million, of which $689 million and $135 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $81.0 billion.

At December 31, 2013.

 

    At December 31, 2013     Fair Value Measurements Using:  
    Carrying
Value
    Fair Value     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 16,602     $ 16,602     $ 16,602     $ —       $ —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    43,281       43,281       43,281       —         —    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    39,203       39,203       39,203       —         —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    117,264       117,263       —         116,584       679  

Securities borrowed

    129,707       129,705       —         129,374       331  

Customer and other receivables(1)

    53,112       53,031       —         47,525       5,506  

Loans(2)

    42,874       42,765       —         11,288       31,477  

Financial Liabilities:

         

Deposits

  $ 112,194     $ 112,273     $ —       $ 112,273     $ —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

    795       795       —         787       8  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    145,115       145,157       —         138,161       6,996  

Securities loaned

    32,799       32,826       —         31,731       1,095  

Other secured financings

    9,009       9,034       —         5,845       3,189  

Customer and other payables(1)

    154,654       154,654       —         154,654       —    

Long-term borrowings

    117,938       123,133       —         122,099       1,034  

 

(1) Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2) Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2013 was $853 million, of which $669 million and $184 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $75.4 billion.

 

  37   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Securities Available for Sale.

The following tables present information about the Company’s available for sale securities:

 

    At March 31, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
    Fair Value  
    (dollars in millions)  

Debt securities available for sale:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 29,317     $ 45     $ 120     $ —       $ 29,242  

U.S. agency securities(1)

    15,506       33       184       —         15,355  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    44,823       78       304       —         44,597  

Corporate and other debt:

         

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

         

Agency

    2,446       —         86       —         2,360  

Non-Agency

    1,434       3       11       —         1,426  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    2,050       2       1       —         2,051  

Corporate bonds

    3,466       7       36       —         3,437  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,087       —         18       —         1,069  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

    3,912       16       5       —         3,923  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

    14,395       28       157       —         14,266  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

    59,218       106       461       —         58,863  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

    15       8       —         —         23  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 59,233     $ 114     $ 461     $ —       $ 58,886  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    At December 31, 2013  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
    Fair Value  
    (dollars in millions)  

Debt securities available for sale:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 24,486     $ 51     $ 139     $ —       $ 24,398  

U.S. agency securities

    15,813       26       234       —         15,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    40,299       77       373       —         40,003  

Corporate and other debt:

         

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

         

Agency

    2,482       —         84       —         2,398  

Non-Agency

    1,333       1       18       —         1,316  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    2,041       2       1       —         2,042  

Corporate bonds

    3,415       3       61       —         3,357  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,087       —         20       —         1,067  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

    3,230       12       8       —         3,234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

    13,588       18       192       —         13,414  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

    53,887       95       565       —         53,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

    15       —         2       —         13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 53,902     $ 95     $ 567     $ —       $ 53,430  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.
(2) Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

LOGO   38  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tables below present the fair value of investments in securities available for sale that are in an unrealized loss position:

 

    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

At March 31, 2014

  Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Debt securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 15,278     $ 120     $ —       $ —       $ 15,278     $ 120  

U.S. agency securities

    7,313       159       902       25       8,215       184  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    22,591       279       902       25       23,493       304  

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    1,182       14       1,179       72       2,361       86  

Non-Agency

    697       8       216       3       913       11  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    673       1       —         —         673       1  

Corporate bonds

    1,784       29       420       7       2,204       36  

Collateralized loan obligations

    817       14       252       4       1,069       18  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

    1,133       4       162       1       1,295       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

    6,286       70       2,229       87       8,515       157  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

    28,877       349       3,131       112       32,008       461  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 28,877     $ 349     $ 3,131     $ 112     $ 32,008     $ 461  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

At December 31, 2013

  Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Debt securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 13,266     $ 139     $ —       $ —       $ 13,266     $ 139  

U.S. agency securities

    8,438       211       651       23       9,089       234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    21,704       350       651       23       22,355       373  

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    958       15       1,270       69       2,228       84  

Non-Agency

    841       16       86       2       927       18  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    557       1       85       —         642       1  

Corporate bonds

    2,350       52       383       9       2,733       61  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,067       20       —         —         1,067       20  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

    1,388       7       76       1       1,464       8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

    7,161       111       1,900       81       9,061       192  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

    28,865       461       2,551       104       31,416       565  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

    13       2       —         —         13       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 28,878     $ 463     $ 2,551     $ 104     $ 31,429     $ 567  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  39   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Gross unrealized gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, AFS securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of temporary versus OTTI at the individual security level. The unrealized losses reported above on debt securities available for sale are primarily due to rising interest rates during 2013 and 2014. While the securities in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months have increased, the risk of credit loss is considered minimal because all of the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s ABS, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. The Company does not expect to experience a credit loss on these securities based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of the explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The Company believes that the debt securities with an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014. For more information, see the Other-than-temporary impairment discussion in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at March 31, 2014:

 

At March 31, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Annualized
Average Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities:

        

Due within 1 year

   $ 152      $ 153        0.6

After 1 year through 5 years

     28,031        27,959        0.6

After 5 years through 10 years

     1,134        1,130        2.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     29,317        29,242     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. agency securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     100        100        1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

     2,075        2,077        1.3

After 10 years

     13,331        13,178        1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     15,506        15,355     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     44,823        44,597        0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate and other debt:

        

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

        

Agency:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     637        631        1.0

After 5 years through 10 years

     514        506        0.8

After 10 years

     1,295        1,223        1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,446        2,360     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-Agency:

        

After 10 years

     1,434        1,426        1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,434        1,426     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

LOGO   40  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At March 31, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Annualized
Average Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

        

Due within 1 year

     14        14        0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,014        2,015        0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

     22        22        1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,050        2,051     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate bonds:

        

Due within 1 year

     125        125        0.9

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,704        2,686        1.3

After 5 years through 10 years

     637        626        2.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,466        3,437     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Collateralized loan obligations:

        

After 10 years

     1,087        1,069        1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,087        1,069     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     95        95        0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

     772        773        0.8

After 10 years

     3,045        3,055        1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,912        3,923     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Corporate and other debt

     14,395        14,266        1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ 59,218      $ 58,863        1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

See Note 7 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan asset-backed securities, CLO and FFELP student loan asset-backed securities.

The following table presents information pertaining to sales of securities available for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Gross realized gains

   $ 7      $ 5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized losses

   $ 1      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

  41   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6. Collateralized Transactions.

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Company against the net amount owed by the counterparty. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), although in certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a tri-party arrangement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. The following tables present information about the offsetting of these instruments and related collateral amounts. For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 11.

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 161,159      $ (53,583   $ 107,576      $ (101,339   $ 6,237  

Securities borrowed

     157,330        (9,735     147,595        (133,904     13,691  

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 167,766      $ (53,583   $ 114,183      $ (87,637   $ 26,546  

Securities loaned

     42,105        (9,735     32,370        (31,330     1,040  

 

(1) Amounts include $6.0 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $10.4 billion of Securities borrowed, $26.4 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.7 billion of Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

LOGO   42  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 183,015      $ (64,885   $ 118,130      $ (106,828   $ 11,302  

Securities borrowed

     137,082        (7,375     129,707        (113,339     16,368  

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 210,561      $ (64,885   $ 145,676      $ (111,599   $ 34,077  

Securities loaned

     40,174        (7,375     32,799        (32,543     256  

 

(1) Amounts include $11.1 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $13.2 billion of Securities borrowed and $33.3 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were approximately $27.2 billion and $29.2 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 7 and 10).

 

  43   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of Trading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

     At
March 31,
2014
     At
December  31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Trading assets:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 24,059      $ 21,589  

Other sovereign government obligations

     6,693        5,748  

Corporate and other debt

     13,297        7,388  

Corporate equities

     8,962        8,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53,011      $ 43,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $546 billion and $533 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $425 billion and $381 billion, respectively.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

     At
March 31,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   $ 43,651      $ 39,203  

Securities(1)

     17,383        15,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 61,034      $ 54,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

LOGO   44  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPE”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Except for certain asset management entities, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

   

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its available for sale portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.

 

   

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

   

Servicing of residential and commercial mortgage loans held by VIEs.

 

   

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

   

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

   

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLN”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

   

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Company does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Company serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Company analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, who serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

 

  45   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Company and the extent of the information available to the Company and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Company and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Company and by other investors, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 12).

The following tables present information at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis:

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets

   $ 610      $ 2,394      $ 880      $ 1,609  

VIE liabilities

   $ 358      $ 55      $ 66      $ 173  

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets

   $ 643      $ 2,313      $ 1,202      $ 1,294  

VIE liabilities

   $ 368      $ 42      $ 67      $ 175  

 

LOGO   46  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements of $1,825 million and $1,771 million, respectively. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $121 million and $101 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. This additional exposure related primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., instead of purchasing senior securities, the Company has sold credit protection to synthetic CDOs through credit derivatives that are typically related to the most senior tranche of the CDO) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

The following tables present information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The tables include all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. Most of the VIEs included in the tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’s involvement generally is the result of the Company’s secondary market-making activities and securities held in its available for sale portfolio (see Note 5):

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
     Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 196,428      $ 22,721      $ 3,008      $ 1,927      $ 16,324  

Maximum exposure to loss:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 15,442      $ 2,441      $ 20      $ 1,134      $ 4,046  

Derivative and other contracts

     —          19        1,910        —          148  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     487        838        —          631        506  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

   $ 15,929      $ 3,298      $ 1,930      $ 1,765      $ 4,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 15,442      $ 2,441      $ 20      $ 725      $ 4,046  

Derivative and other contracts

     —          3        5        —          52  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

   $ 15,442      $ 2,444      $ 25      $ 725      $ 4,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

              

Derivative and other contracts

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ 58  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          —          —          7        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ 7      $ 58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $17.0 billion of residential mortgages; $86.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $30.6 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $62.4 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.0 billion of residential mortgages; $2.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $5.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $6.8 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

  47   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
     Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 177,153      $ 29,513      $ 3,079      $ 1,874      $ 10,119  

Maximum exposure to loss:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 13,514      $ 2,498      $ 31      $ 1,142      $ 3,693  

Derivative and other contracts

     15        23        1,935        —          146  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          272        —          649        527  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

   $ 13,529      $ 2,793      $ 1,966      $ 1,791      $ 4,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 13,514      $ 2,498      $ 31      $ 731      $ 3,693  

Derivative and other contracts

     15        3        4        —          53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

   $ 13,529      $ 2,501      $ 35      $ 731      $ 3,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

              

Derivative and other contracts

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ 57  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          —          —          7        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ 7      $ 57  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $16.9 billion of residential mortgages; $78.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $31.5 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $50.4 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.3 billion of residential mortgages; $2.0 billion of commercial mortgages; $5.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $4.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Company. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedowns already recorded by the Company.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $12.2 billion at March 31, 2014. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held in the Company’s available for sale portfolio

 

LOGO   48  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(see Note 5). Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $1.0 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $8.3 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.3 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $0.6 billion of securities backed by CDOs or CLOs and $1.0 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt or Securities available for sale and are measured at fair value (see Note 4). The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the securities owned.

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs), and as servicer in residential mortgage securitizations in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage securitizations in Europe. Such activities are further described in Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following tables present information at March 31, 2014 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 27,555      $ 60,327      $ 20,892      $ 11,859  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 1      $ 72      $ 710      $ —    

Non-investment grade

     60        48        —          1,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 61      $ 120      $ 710      $ 1,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 11      $ 171      $ 78      $ 356  

Non-investment grade

     95        86        —          61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 106      $ 257      $ 78      $ 417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ 1      $ 651      $ —        $ 134  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 125  

 

(1) Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

  49   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 783      $ —        $ 783  

Non-investment grade

     —          79        1,179        1,258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ —        $ 862      $ 1,179      $ 2,041  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 608      $ 8      $ 616  

Non-investment grade

     —          192        50        242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ —        $ 800      $ 58      $ 858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —        $ 626      $ 160      $ 786  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 117      $ 8      $ 125  

The following tables present information at December 31, 2013 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 29,723      $ 60,698      $ 19,155      $ 11,736  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 1      $ 102      $ 524      $ —    

Non-investment grade

     136        95        —          1,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 137      $ 197      $ 524      $ 1,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 14      $ 170      $ 21      $ 350  

Non-investment grade

     41        97        —          68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 55      $ 267      $ 21      $ 418  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ 1      $ 672      $ —        $ 121  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 1      $ —        $ 120  

 

(1) Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

LOGO   50  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 626      $ 1      $ 627  

Non-investment grade

     —          164        1,386        1,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ —        $ 790      $ 1,387      $ 2,177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 547      $ 8      $ 555  

Non-investment grade

     —          182        24        206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ —        $ 729      $ 32      $ 761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —        $ 615      $ 179      $ 794  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 110      $ 11      $ 121  

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

In addition, in connection with its underwriting of CLO transactions for unaffiliated sponsors, in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold corporate loans with unpaid principal balances of $427 million and $957 million, respectively to those SPEs.

Net gains on sales of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

During the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $6.0 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively. During the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $0.6 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 12).

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer of financial assets is treated as a failed sale. In such case, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 10).

The assets transferred in many transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

  51   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents information about the carrying value (equal to fair value) of assets and liabilities resulting from transfers of financial assets treated by the Company as secured financings:

 

     At March 31, 2014      At December 31, 2013  
     Carrying Value of      Carrying Value of  
     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  
     (dollars in millions)  

Credit-linked notes

   $ 48      $ 40      $ 48      $ 41  

Equity-linked transactions

     40         35        40        35  

Other

     258        258        157        156  

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $7 million and $8 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. owned by SPEs sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. As of the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company no longer services residential and commercial mortgage loans in Europe.

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets. Advances at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $15 million and $110 million, respectively.

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
     Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

   $ —        $ 510     $ —    

Amounts past due 90 days or greater
(unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ —        $ 29     $ —    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

     —          5.6     —    

Credit losses

   $ —        $ —       $ —    

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

LOGO   52  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

   $ 785     $ 775     $ 4,114  

Amounts past due 90 days or greater
(unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 66     $ 44     $ —    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

     8.5     5.6     —    

Credit losses

   $ 1     $ 17     $ —    

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

8. Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses.

Loans.

The Company’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at lower of cost or fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s outstanding loans at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 included the following:

 

    March 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Product Type

  Loans Held
For
Investment
    Loans Held
For Sale
    Total Loans     Loans Held
For
Investment
    Loans Held
For Sale
    Total Loans  
    (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

  $ 15,610      $ 4,635     $ 20,245      $ 13,263      $ 6,168     $ 19,431   

Consumer loans

    12,638        —         12,638        11,577        —         11,577   

Residential real estate loans

    11,009       95       11,104       10,006       112       10,118  

Wholesale real estate loans

    2,442       —         2,442       1,855       49       1,904  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

    41,699       4,730       46,429       36,701       6,329       43,030  

Allowance for loan losses

    (124     —         (124     (156     —         (156
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses(1)(2)

  $ 41,575     $ 4,730     $ 46,305     $ 36,545     $ 6,329     $ 42,874  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are made to non-U.S. borrowers of $4,825 million and $4,729 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(2) See Note 12 for further information related to unfunded lending commitments.

The above table does not include loans held at fair value of $13,399 million and $12,612 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. At March 31, 2014, loans held at fair value consisted of $9,951 million of Corporate loans, $1,401 million of Residential real estate loans and $2,047 million of Wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, loans held at fair value consisted of $9,774 million of Corporate loans, $1,434 million of Residential real estate loans and $1,404 million of Wholesale real estate loans. Loans held at fair value are recorded as Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. See Note 4 for further information.

 

  53   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Quality.

The Company’s Credit Risk Management department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. Credit Risk Management will also evaluate strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

For a description of the Company’s loan portfolio and credit quality indicators utilized in its credit monitoring process, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following tables present credit quality indicators for the Company’s loans held for investment, gross of allowance for loan losses, by product type, at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

     March 31, 2014  

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 15,361       $ 12,638       $ 10,989      $ 2,440      $ 41,428  

Special Mention

     134        —          —          2        136  

Substandard

     108        —          20        —          128  

Doubtful

     7        —          —          —          7  

Loss

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 15,610       $ 12,638       $ 11,009      $ 2,442      $ 41,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 12,893       $ 11,577       $ 9,992      $ 1,829      $ 36,291  

Special Mention

     189        —          —          16        205  

Substandard

     174        —          14        —          188  

Doubtful

     7        —          —          10        17  

Loss

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 13,263       $ 11,577       $ 10,006      $ 1,855      $ 36,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans.

The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

 


  54  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the inherent allowance component and the specific allowance component.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures, including loans modified in a TDR, which have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company and determined to be impaired. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s TDRs were not significant. For further information on allowance for loan losses, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The tables below provide detail on impaired loans, past due loans and allowances for the Company’s held for investment loans:

 

     March 31, 2014  

Loans by Product Type

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans with allowance

   $ 5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5  

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

     6        —          9        —          15  

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

     11        —          9        —          20  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     11        —          12        —          23  

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Product Type

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans with allowance

   $ 63      $ —        $ —        $ 10      $ 73  

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

     6        —          11        —          17  

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

     69        —          11        10        90  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     7        —          11        10        28  

 

     March 31, 2014  

Loans by Region

   Americas      EMEA      Asia      Others      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans

   $ 20      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 20  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     23        —          —          —          23  

Allowance for loan losses

     97        24        1        2        124  

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Region

   Americas      EMEA      Asia      Others      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans

   $ 90      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 90  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     28        —          —          —          28  

Allowance for loan losses

     123        28        3        2        156  

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

(1) At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the fair value of the collateral held exceeded or equaled the carrying value.

 

  55   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.

 

    Corporate     Consumer     Residential Real
Estate
    Wholesale
Real Estate
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 137     $ 1     $ 4     $ 14     $ 156  

Gross charge-offs

    —         —         —         (3     (3

Gross recoveries

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    —         —         —         (3     (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

    (33     1       1       2       (29
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $ 104     $ 2     $ 5     $ 13     $ 124  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 102     $ 2     $ 5     $ 13     $ 122  

Specific

    2       —         —         —         2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2014

  $ 104     $ 2     $ 5     $ 13     $ 124  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

         

Inherent

  $ 15,599     $ 12,638     $ 11,000     $ 2,442     $ 41,679  

Specific

    11       —         9       —         20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at March 31, 2014

  $ 15,610     $ 12,638     $ 11,009     $ 2,442     $ 41,699  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

         

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 125     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 127  

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

    19       —         —         —         19  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $ 144     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 146  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 144     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 146  

Specific

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at March 31, 2014

  $ 144     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 146  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 65,470     $ 2,865     $ 1,861     $ 238     $ 70,434  

Specific

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at March 31, 2014

  $ 65,470     $ 2,865     $ 1,861     $ 238     $ 70,434  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Provision (release) for loan losses is reported within Other revenues.
(2) Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3) Provision for lending-related commitments is reported within Other non-interest expenses.

 

LOGO   56  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Corporate     Consumer     Residential Real
Estate
    Wholesale
Real Estate
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 96     $ 3     $ 5     $ 2     $ 106  

Gross charge-offs

    (3     —         (1     —         (4

Gross recoveries

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (3     —         (1     —         (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

    30       (2     (1     —         27  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

  $ 123     $ 1     $ 3     $ 2     $ 129  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 126     $ 1     $ 4     $ 10     $ 141  

Specific

    11       —         —         4       15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013

  $ 137     $ 1     $ 4     $ 14     $ 156  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

         

Inherent

  $ 13,194     $ 11,577     $ 9,995     $ 1,845     $ 36,611  

Specific

    69       —         11       10       90  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $ 13,263     $ 11,577     $ 10,006     $ 1,855     $ 36,701  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

         

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 90     $ —       $ —       $ 1     $ 91  

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

    12       —         —         —         12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

  $ 102     $ —       $ —       $ 1     $ 103  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 125     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 127  

Specific

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2013

  $ 125     $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 127  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $ 63,427     $ 2,151     $ 1,423     $ 207     $ 67,208  

Specific

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $ 63,427     $ 2,151     $ 1,423     $ 207     $ 67,208  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Provision (release) for loan losses is reported within Other revenues.
(2) Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3) Provision for lending-related commitments is reported within Other non-interest expenses.

 

  57   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Employee Loans.

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from one to 12 years. The Company establishes a reserve for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At March 31, 2014, the Company had $5,148 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $127 million. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $5,487 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $109 million.

The Company has also granted loans to other employees primarily in conjunction with certain after-tax leveraged investment arrangements. At March 31, 2014, the balance of these loans was $89 million, net of an allowance of approximately $45 million. At December 31, 2013, the balance of these loans was $100 million, net of an allowance of approximately $51 million. The Company establishes a reserve for non-recourse loan amounts not recoverable from employees, which is recorded in Other expense.

Collateralized Transactions.

In certain instances, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions to acquire securities to cover short positions, to settle other securities obligations and to accommodate clients’ needs. The Company also engages in margin lending to broker-dealer clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of the qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition (see Note 6).

Servicing Advances.

As part of its servicing activities, the Company may make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed (see Note 7).

 

9. Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

Goodwill.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, were as follows:

 

     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Goodwill at December 31, 2013(1)

   $ 293      $ 5,562      $ 740      $ 6,595  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     6        —           —           6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill at March 31, 2014(1)

   $ 299      $ 5,562      $ 740      $ 6,601  

 

(1) The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million, which included $673 million related to the Institutional Securities business segment and $27 million related to the Investment Management business segment, was $7,301 and $7,295 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company completed its most recent annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2013. The Company’s impairment testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment as each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

LOGO   58  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Intangible Assets.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

     Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56     $ 3,221     $ 1      $ 3,278  

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

     —         8       —          8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56     $ 3,229     $ 1      $ 3,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56     $ 3,221     $ 1      $ 3,278  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     1       —         —          1  

Amortization expense

     (3     (71     —          (74

Impairment losses(1)

     —         (2     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at March 31, 2014

     54       3,148       1        3,203  

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

     —         7       —          7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at March 31, 2014

   $ 54     $ 3,155     $ 1      $ 3,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

10. Long-Term Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

     At March 31,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Senior debt

   $ 139,120      $ 139,451  

Subordinated debt

     9,395        9,275  

Junior subordinated debentures

     4,859        4,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 153,374      $ 153,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuances of $2.1 billion in senior debt on March 31, 2014 and $2.8 billion in senior debt on January 24, 2014. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, approximately $9 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired.

The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.4 years at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Other Secured Financings.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 7 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

 

  59   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

 

     At March  31,
2014
     At December  31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

   $ 9,393      $ 9,750  

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less

     3,755        4,233  

Failed sales(1)

     333        232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

   $ 13,481      $ 14,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.
(2) Amounts include $4,514 million and $5,206 million at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

LOGO   60  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty (such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay or perform), to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. However, in certain circumstances: the Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime (which is based on the type of counterparty entity and the jurisdiction of organization of the counterparty) may not support the enforceability of the agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures below. The Company’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits. The following tables present information about the offsetting of derivative instruments and related collateral amounts. See information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions in Note 6.

 

    At March 31, 2014  
    Gross
Amounts(1)
    Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
       
          Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other
Cash
Collateral
    Net
Exposure
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 379,017     $ (354,552   $ 24,465     $ (7,099   $ (71   $ 17,295  

Cleared OTC(4)

    185,574       (184,488     1,086       —          —          1,086  

Exchange traded

    30,034       (24,998     5,036       —          —          5,036  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 594,625     $ (564,038   $ 30,587     $ (7,099   $ (71   $ 23,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 362,312     $ (337,210   $ 25,102     $ (6,178   $ (141   $ 18,783  

Cleared OTC(4)

    183,111       (182,561     550       —          (77     473  

Exchange traded

    32,214       (24,998     7,216       (891     —          6,325  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 577,637     $ (544,769   $ 32,868     $ (7,069   $ (218   $ 25,581  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include $8.7 billion of derivative assets and $8.1 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

 

  61   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    At December 31, 2013  
          Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
       
    Gross
Amounts(1)
        Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other
Cash
Collateral
    Net
Exposure
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 404,352     $ (378,459   $ 25,893     $ (8,785   $ (132   $ 16,976  

Cleared OTC(4)

    267,057       (266,419     638       —          —          638  

Exchange traded

    31,609       (25,673     5,936       —          —          5,936  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 703,018     $ (670,551   $ 32,467     $ (8,785   $ (132   $ 23,550  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 386,199     $ (361,059   $ 25,140     $ (5,365   $ (136   $ 19,639  

Cleared OTC(4)

    266,559       (265,378     1,181       —          (372     809  

Exchange traded

    33,113       (25,673     7,440       (651     —          6,789  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 685,871     $ (652,110   $ 33,761     $ (6,016   $ (508   $ 27,237  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include $8.7 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Note 4.

 

LOGO   62  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at March 31, 2014(1)

 

    Years to Maturity     Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral

Netting(3)
    Net  Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
    Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 
    Less
than 1
    1-3     3-5     Over 5        

Credit Rating(2)

             
    (dollars in millions)  

AAA

  $ 317     $ 444     $ 1,062     $ 4,054     $ (3,820   $ 2,057     $ 1,612  

AA

    1,789       2,826       3,177       10,994       (13,043     5,743       3,866  

A

    5,885       10,587       9,096       17,982       (37,014     6,536       4,962  

BBB

    2,644       3,458       3,569       12,814       (15,146     7,339       5,383  

Non-investment grade

    2,230       2,223       1,302       3,275       (5,225     3,805       2,558  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 12,865     $ 19,538     $ 18,206     $ 49,119     $ (74,248   $ 25,480     $ 18,381  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at December 31, 2013(1)

 

    Years to Maturity     Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
    Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less
than 1
    1-3     3-5     Over 5        
    (dollars in millions)  

AAA

  $ 300     $ 752     $ 1,073     $ 3,664     $ (3,721   $ 2,068     $ 1,673  

AA

    2,687       3,145       3,377       9,791       (13,515     5,485       3,927  

A

    7,382       8,428       9,643       17,184       (35,644     6,993       4,970  

BBB

    2,617       3,916       3,228       13,693       (16,191     7,263       4,870  

Non-investment grade

    2,053       2,980       1,372       2,922       (4,737     4,590       2,174  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,039     $ 19,221     $ 18,693     $ 47,254     $ (73,808   $ 26,399     $ 17,614  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

  63   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”). The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.

 

LOGO   64  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.    The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract and the platform on which these instruments are traded or cleared on a gross basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Trading assets, and fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4):

 

    Derivative Assets
At March 31, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 4,536     $ 493     $ —        $ 5,029     $ 53,542     $ 20,608     $ —        $ 74,150  

Foreign exchange contracts

    85       1        —          86       3,798       271       —          4,069  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,621       494       —          5,115       57,340       20,879       —          78,219  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    251,481       180,072       412       431,965       5,942,611       10,840,982       1,335,588       18,119,181  

Credit contracts

    34,946       4,837       —          39,783       1,143,871       193,794       —          1,337,665  

Foreign exchange contracts

    49,617       171       27       49,815       1,886,799       9,978       8,664       1,905,441  

Equity contracts

    24,807       —          26,379       51,186       309,999       —          454,404       764,403  

Commodity contracts

    13,431       —          3,216       16,647       126,751       —          144,370       271,121  

Other

    114       —          —          114       4,037       —          —          4,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    374,396       185,080       30,034       589,510       9,414,068       11,044,754       1,943,026       22,401,848  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 379,017     $ 185,574     $ 30,034     $ 594,625     $ 9,471,408     $ 11,065,633     $ 1,943,026     $ 22,480,067  

Cash collateral netting

    (49,791     (4,065     —          (53,856     —          —          —          —     

Counterparty netting

    (304,761     (180,423     (24,998     (510,182     —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 24,465     $ 1,086     $ 5,036     $ 30,587     $ 9,471,408     $ 11,065,633     $ 1,943,026     $ 22,480,067  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  65   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Liabilities
At March 31, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 470     $ 392     $ —        $ 862     $ 2,675     $ 10,025     $ —        $ 12,700  

Foreign exchange contracts

    280       16       —          296       7,171       396       —          7,567  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    750       408       —          1,158       9,846       10,421       —          20,267  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    235,495       178,430       389       414,314       5,757,715       10,891,808       1,764,509       18,414,032  

Credit contracts

    34,219       4,100       —          38,319       1,026,891       164,417       —          1,191,308  

Foreign exchange contracts

    49,729       173       5       49,907       1,926,755       10,097       4,741       1,941,593  

Equity contracts

    28,561       —          28,268       56,829       339,553       —          461,382       800,935  

Commodity contracts

    13,511       —          3,552       17,063       125,635       —          125,205       250,840  

Other

    47       —          —          47       3,492        —          —          3,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    361,562       182,703       32,214       576,479       9,180,041       11,066,322       2,355,837       22,602,200  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 362,312     $ 183,111     $ 32,214     $ 577,637     $ 9,189,887     $ 11,076,743     $ 2,355,837     $ 22,622,467  

Cash collateral netting

    (32,449     (2,138     —          (34,587     —          —          —          —     

Counterparty netting

    (304,761     (180,423     (24,998     (510,182     —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 25,102     $ 550     $ 7,216     $ 32,868     $ 9,189,887     $ 11,076,743     $ 2,355,837     $ 22,622,467  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2) Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $507 billion and $1,048 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $775 million and $12 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

LOGO   66  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Assets
At December 31, 2013
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 4,729     $ 287     $ —        $ 5,016     $ 54,696     $ 14,685     $ —        $ 69,381  

Foreign exchange contracts

    236       —          —          236       6,694       —          —          6,694  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,965       287       —          5,252       61,390       14,685       —          76,075  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    262,697       261,348       291       524,336       6,206,450       11,854,610       856,137       18,917,197  

Credit contracts

    39,054       5,292       —          44,346       1,244,004       240,781       —          1,484,785  

Foreign exchange contracts

    61,383       130       52       61,565       1,818,429       9,634       9,783       1,837,846  

Equity contracts

    26,104       —          28,001       54,105       294,524       —          437,842       732,366  

Commodity contracts

    10,106       —          3,265       13,371       144,981       —          139,433       284,414  

Other

    43       —          —          43       3,198       —          —          3,198  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    399,387       266,770       31,609       697,766       9,711,586       12,105,025       1,443,195       23,259,806  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 404,352     $ 267,057     $ 31,609     $ 703,018     $ 9,772,976     $ 12,119,710     $ 1,443,195     $ 23,335,881  

Cash collateral netting

    (48,540     (3,462     —          (52,002     —          —          —          —     

Counterparty netting

    (329,919     (262,957     (25,673     (618,549     —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 25,893     $ 638     $ 5,936     $ 32,467     $ 9,772,976     $ 12,119,710     $ 1,443,195     $ 23,335,881  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  67   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Liabilities
At December 31, 2013
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 570     $ 614     $ —       $ 1,184     $ 2,642     $ 12,667     $ —       $ 15,309  

Foreign exchange contracts

    258       5       —         263       5,970       503       —         6,473  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    828       619       —         1,447       8,612       13,170       —         21,782  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    244,906       261,011       228       506,145       6,035,757       11,954,325       1,067,894       19,057,976  

Credit contracts

    37,835       4,791       —         42,626       1,099,483       213,900       —         1,313,383  

Foreign exchange contracts

    61,635       138       23       61,796       1,897,400       10,505       3,106       1,911,011  

Equity contracts

    31,483       —         29,412       60,895       341,232       —         464,622       805,854  

Commodity contracts

    9,436       —         3,450       12,886       138,784       —         120,556       259,340  

Other

    76       —         —         76       4,659       —         —         4,659  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    385,371       265,940       33,113       684,424       9,517,315       12,178,730       1,656,178       23,352,223  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 386,199     $ 266,559     $ 33,113     $ 685,871     $ 9,525,927     $ 12,191,900     $ 1,656,178     $ 23,374,005  

Cash collateral netting

    (31,139     (2,422     —         (33,561     —         —         —         —    

Counterparty netting

    (329,920     (262,956     (25,673     (618,549     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 25,140     $ 1,181     $ 7,440     $ 33,761     $ 9,525,927     $ 12,191,900     $ 1,656,178     $ 23,374,005  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2) Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $426 billion and $729 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $879 million and $27 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

 

     Gains (Losses) Recognized  
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

       2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives

   $ 310     $ (872

Borrowings

     (8     1,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 302     $ 290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   68  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

 

     Gains (Losses)  Recognized
in OCI (effective portion)
 
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

   2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

   $ (67   $ 308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (67   $ 308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Losses of $45 million and $32 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

     Gains (Losses)
Recognized  in Income(1)(2)
 
           Three Months Ended      
March 31,
 

Product Type

   2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

   $ (1,534   $ (144

Credit contracts

     158       (80

Foreign exchange contracts

     1,017       807  

Equity contracts

     75       (3,032

Commodity contracts

     525       423  

Other contracts

     99       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

   $ 340     $ (2,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
(2) Gains (losses) associated with certain derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $22 million and $32 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and a notional value of $2,139 million and $2,140 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company recognized losses of $10 million and $2 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $53.9 billion and $52.0 billion, respectively, and the amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $34.6 billion and $33.6 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $18 million and $65 million, respectively, at March 31, 2014 and $10 million and $13 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

 

  69   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. At March 31, 2014, the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $20,734 million, for which the Company has posted collateral of $17,159 million, in the normal course of business. The additional collateral or termination payments which may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At March 31, 2014, for such OTC trading agreements, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,432 million and an incremental $3,125 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $3,186 million at March 31, 2014 related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers.

The tables below summarize the notional and fair value of protection sold and protection purchased through credit default swaps at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 718,088      $ (8,915   $ 674,968      $ 7,976  

Index and basket credit default swaps

     402,926        (3,421     324,074        2,705  

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     141,625        (4,000     267,292        4,191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,262,639      $ (16,336   $ 1,266,334      $ 14,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 799,838      $ (9,349   $ 758,536      $ 8,564  

Index and basket credit default swaps

     454,355        (3,756     361,961        2,827  

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     146,597        (3,889     276,881        3,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400,790      $ (16,994   $ 1,397,378      $ 15,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   70  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at March 31, 2014:

 

    Protection Sold  
    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional     Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
    Years to Maturity    

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5     Total    
    (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

           

AAA

  $ 1,653     $ 8,644     $ 11,165     $ 1,145     $ 22,607     $ (134

AA

    8,038       22,145       23,770       4,249       58,202       (770

A

    38,957       52,389       39,603       4,369       135,318       (2,636

BBB

    85,681       118,180       100,572       22,052       326,485       (3,977

Non-investment grade

    49,479       69,256       50,807       5,934       175,476       (1,398
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    183,808       270,614       225,917       37,749       718,088       (8,915
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

           

AAA

    18,253       40,233       31,858       2,068       92,412       (1,755

AA

    2,404       2,183       3,927       5,301       13,815       (221

A

    944       3,090       14,855       1,316       20,205       (580

BBB

    18,199       66,091       95,484       21,171       200,945       (3,700

Non-investment grade

    51,432       97,818       51,435       16,489       217,174       (1,165
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    91,232       209,415       197,559       46,345       544,551       (7,421
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $ 275,040     $ 480,029     $ 423,476     $ 84,094     $ 1,262,639     $ (16,336
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

  $ 48     $ 400     $ 522     $ 701     $ 1,671     $ (427
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $ 275,088     $ 480,429     $ 423,998     $ 84,795     $ 1,264,310     $ (16,763
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3) Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4) Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

  71   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at December 31, 2013:

 

    Protection Sold  
    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional     Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
    Years to Maturity    

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5     Total    
    (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

           

AAA

  $ 1,546     $ 8,661     $ 12,128     $ 1,282     $ 23,617     $ (145

AA

    9,443       24,158       25,310       4,317       63,228       (845

A

    45,663       53,755       44,428       4,666       148,512       (2,704

BBB

    103,143       122,382       112,950       20,491       358,966       (4,294

Non-investment grade

    60,254       77,393       61,088       6,780       205,515       (1,361
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    220,049       286,349       255,904       37,536       799,838       (9,349
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

           

AAA

    14,890       40,522       30,613       2,184       88,209       (1,679

AA

    3,751       4,127       4,593       6,006       18,477       (275

A

    2,064       2,263       11,633       36       15,996       (418

BBB

    5,974       29,709       74,982       3,847       114,512       (2,220

Non-investment grade

    67,108       157,149       122,516       16,985       363,758       (3,053
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    93,787       233,770       244,337       29,058       600,952       (7,645
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $ 313,836     $ 520,119     $ 500,241     $ 66,594     $ 1,400,790     $ (16,994
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

  $ 75     $ 441     $ 529     $ 816     $ 1,861     $ (457
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $ 313,911     $ 520,560     $ 500,770     $ 67,410     $ 1,402,651     $ (17,451
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3) Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4) Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

 

LOGO   72  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

When external credit ratings are not available, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $995 billion and $1,116 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $1,119 billion and $1,252 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

  73   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, and mortgage lending at March 31, 2014 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     Years to Maturity         
     Less
than 1
     1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total at
March 31, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 728      $ 11      $ —        $ 1      $ 740  

Investment activities

     523        66        34        402        1,025  

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

     11,104        13,187        35,613        531        60,435  

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

     1,967        5,073        11,613        2,676        21,329  

Secondary lending commitments(2)

     37        30        47        174        288  

Commitments for secured lending transactions

     1,619        258        5        4        1,886  

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

     84,630        —          —          —          84,630  

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

     1,625        87        258        291        2,261  

Underwriting commitments

     1,410        —          —          —          1,410  

Other lending commitments

     3,194        680        256        77        4,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 106,837      $ 19,392      $ 47,826      $ 4,156      $ 178,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This amount includes $50.9 billion of investment grade and $12.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.8 billion of investment grade and $6.7 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at March 31, 2014. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2) These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4).
(3) The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to March 31, 2014 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and of the total amount at March 31, 2014, $81 billion settled within three business days.
(4) The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s Directors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

LOGO   74  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at March 31, 2014:

 

    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional     Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
    Collateral/
Recourse
 
    Years to Maturity     Total      

Type of Guarantee

  Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5        
    (dollars in millions)  

Credit derivative contracts(1)

  $ 275,040     $ 480,029     $ 423,476     $ 84,094     $ 1,262,639     $ (16,336   $ —    

Other credit contracts

    48       400       522       701       1,671       (427     —    

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

    1,427,751       885,947       338,551       550,623       3,202,872       52,840        —    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)(3)

    1,039       808       1,078       5,710       8,635       (235     7,235  

Market value guarantees

    9       92       82       510       693       7       104  

Liquidity facilities

    2,303       —         —         —         2,303       (4     3,123  

Whole loan sales representations and warranties

    —         —         —         23,719       23,719       47       —    

Securitization representations and warranties

    —         —         —         66,414       66,414       80       —    

General partner guarantees

    51       30       61       332       474       74       —    

 

(1) Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 11.
(2) Approximately $1.9 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
(3) Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $13.8 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments.

For further description of these guarantees, refer to Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

   

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities

 

  75   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

   

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

   

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

   

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies.

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt

 

LOGO   76  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styled Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., and Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints filed on June 10, 2010 allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants filed answers to the amended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to begin in September 2014. The Company is

 

  77   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

not a defendant in connection with the securitizations at issue in that trial. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in these cases was approximately $309 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $5 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss for this action up to the difference between the $309 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in this action was approximately $203 million. The complaint raises claims under Illinois law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 24, 2011, the court granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $57 million and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $57 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styled Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in June 2015. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was

 

LOGO   78  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

approximately $115 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $1 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $115 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey styled The Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $636 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $636 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint on December 16, 2013. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $78 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $1 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $78 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley

 

  79   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision. The plaintiff is seeking, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, plus pre- and post-interest, fees and costs.

On February 14, 2013, Bank Hapoalim B.M. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Bank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $141 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 22, 2014, the defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied in substantial part. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $76 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $76 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On September 23, 2013, plaintiffs in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissory and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014 the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953. On April 28, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part plaintiff’s motion to strike certain of the defendant’s affirmative defenses. At March 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $220 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $25 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $220 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

 

LOGO   80  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. Regulatory Requirements.

Morgan Stanley.    The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for MSBNA and MSPBNA (the “Subsidiary Banks”).

Implementation of U.S. Basel III.    The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and the Subsidiary Banks became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014. Certain aspects of U.S. Basel III will be phased in over several years. Prior to January 1, 2014, the Company and the Subsidiary Banks calculated regulatory capital ratios using the U.S. banking regulators’ Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5.” The Company became subject to Basel 2.5 on January 1, 2013.

U.S. Basel III, which is aimed at increasing the quality and amount of regulatory capital, establishes Common Equity Tier 1 capital as a new tier of capital, increases minimum required risk-based capital ratios, provides for capital buffers above those minimum ratios, narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments, provides for new regulatory capital deductions and adjustments, modifies methods for calculating risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”)—the denominator of risk-based capital ratios—by, among other things, strengthening counterparty credit risk capital requirements and, introduces a supplementary leverage ratio.

Under U.S. Basel III, the Company is subject, on a fully phased-in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company will also be subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by U.S. banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

In addition, under U.S. Basel III new items (including certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions) are deducted from regulatory capital and certain existing deductions are modified. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (“AFS”) will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The Company is subject to a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio, defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total on-balance sheet assets (subject to certain adjustments), of 4%. Beginning on January 1, 2018, the Company will also be subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3%, and must maintain a buffer of greater than 2% (for a total of greater than 5%) to avoid restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

In 2014, as a result of the U.S. Basel III phase-in provisions, the Company is subject to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 5.5%, and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. In addition, the percentage of the regulatory deductions and adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 capital that apply to the Company in 2014 ranges from 20% to 100%, depending on the specific deduction or adjustment item.

 

  81   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

U.S. Basel III also narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. As a result of these revisions, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy U.S. Basel III’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. Under the U.S. Basel III advanced approaches, which the Company will begin reporting under in the second quarter of 2014, the Company will also be required to calculate and hold capital against operational RWAs. Operational RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing).

U.S. Basel III requires Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) a standardized approach for calculating credit RWAs as supplemented by market RWAs calculated under U.S. Basel III (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) after approval by regulators, an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit RWAs and advanced measurement approaches for calculating operational RWAs, as supplemented by market RWAs calculated under Basel III (the “Advanced Approaches”). A key difference between the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches is that the former mandates the use of standardized risk weights and methodologies for calculating RWAs, whereas the latter permit the use of supervisor-approved internal models and methodologies that meet specified qualitative and quantitative requirements to calculate RWAs, which generally give rise to more risk-sensitive measurements. Unlike the Advanced Approaches, the Standardized Approach does not include capital requirements for operational risk.

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ exit from a parallel run using the Advanced Approaches framework. As a result, the Company will use the Advanced Approaches to calculate and publicly disclose its risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will be required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its operational RWAs.

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approaches banking organizations, such as the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, to a permanent “capital floor.” In calendar year 2014, the capital floor is based on the U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by Basel 2.5. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel I capital floor will be replaced by the Standardized Approach. The Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. The capital floor applies to the calculation of both minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by U.S. banking regulators, the countercyclical capital buffer.

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased-in and as the Company begins calculating RWAs using the Advanced Approaches. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile. Beginning in the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculates the numerator of its risk-based capital ratios using the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital determined under U.S. Basel III, subject to transitional arrangements. In

 

LOGO   82  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculated the denominator of its risk-based capital ratios using the existing U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by Basel 2.5. Beginning with the second quarter of 2014 and ending with the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company will be required to calculate each risk-based capital ratio using both the U.S. Basel I-based rules and the Advanced Approaches. The Company’s risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes will be the lower of each ratio calculated under the U.S. Basel I-based rules and the Advanced Approaches. Beginning in January 1, 2015, the Company will be required to calculate each risk-based capital ratio using both the Advanced Approaches and the Standardized Approach. As a result, from January 1, 2015 onwards, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes, including for calculating the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, the countercyclical capital buffer, will be the lower of each ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches. The capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by U.S. banking regulators, the countercyclical buffer, will not apply until January 1, 2016.

Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios at March 31, 2014.    At March 31, 2014, the Company had a Common Equity Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 14.1%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 15.6%, a total risk based capital ratio of 17.7% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% on a transitional basis. While the Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III, the U.S. banking regulators have revised the well-capitalized standard for insured depository institutions such as the Subsidiary Banks. Assuming that the Federal Reserve will apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio, at March 31, 2014, would exceed the revised well-capitalized standard.

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company:

 

     March 31, 2014
(U.S. Basel III)(1)
    December 31, 2013
(U.S. Basel I)
 
       Balance          Ratio         Balance          Ratio    
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common capital

   $ 56,190        14.1 %   $ 49,917        12.8 %

Tier 1 capital

     62,099        15.6 %     61,007        15.7 %

Total capital

     70,456        17.7 %     66,000        16.9 %

RWAs

     397,915        —         389,675        —    

Adjusted average total assets(2)

     821,253        —         805,838        —    

Tier 1 leverage

     —          7.6 %     —          7.6 %

 

(1) On January 1, 2014, the Company became subject to U.S. Basel III, pursuant to which new items are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. Certain aspects of U.S. Basel III will be phased in over several years. Prior periods have not been restated to conform to U.S. Basel III.
(2) Average total on-balance sheet assets subject to certain adjustments in accordance with U.S. Basel I rules for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and U.S. Basel III rules for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

The Company’s U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.    The Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

At March 31, 2014, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject and exceeded all regulatory mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

 

  83   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below sets forth the capital information for the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries. In 2013, the RWAs disclosed reflect the implementation of Basel 2.5, which became effective on January 1, 2013. The capital information as of March 31, 2014 reflects U.S. Basel III, subject to the transitional arrangements described above.

 

     March 31, 2014
(U.S. Basel III)(1)
    December 31, 2013
(U.S. Basel I)
 
       Amount          Ratio         Amount          Ratio    
     (dollars in millions)  

Total capital (to RWAs):

          

MSBNA

   $ 12,610        15.6   $ 12,468        16.5

MSPBNA

   $ 2,215        24.3   $ 2,184        26.6

Tier 1 capital (to RWAs):

          

MSBNA

   $ 10,953        13.6   $ 10,805        14.3

MSPBNA

   $ 2,206        24.2   $ 2,177        26.5

Tier 1 leverage:

          

MSBNA

   $ 10,953        10.0   $ 10,805        10.6

MSPBNA

   $ 2,206        10.0   $ 2,177        9.7

 

(1) On January 1, 2014, the Company became subject to U.S. Basel III, pursuant to which new items are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. Certain aspects of U.S. Basel III will be phased in over several years. Prior periods have not been restated to conform to U.S. Basel III.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, a capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $9,275 million and $7,201 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $7,636 million and $5,627 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At March 31, 2014, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

MSSB LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the CFTC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $4,752 million and $3,489 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $4,585 million and $3,308 million, respectively.

 

LOGO   84  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated A3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

14. Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

At March 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $1.1 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s existing authorized program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its share repurchase program. In July 2013, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase through March 31, 2014 up to $500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock under rules relating to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8, Capital Planning). During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $150 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to the Company’s 2014 capital plan, which includes a share repurchase of up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015, as well as an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.10 per share from $0.05 per share, beginning with the dividend declared in the second quarter of 2014 (see Note 21).

Series E Preferred Stock.    On September 30, 2013, the Company issued 34,500,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series E Preferred Stock”). The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2023 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depository Share). The Series E Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series E Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854 million.

 

  85   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Series F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 (dollars in millions):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Securities
Available for Sale
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (266   $ (1   $ (282   $ (544   $ (1,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     48       —         78       —         126  

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —         1       (4     2       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

     48       1       74       2       125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

   $ (218   $ —       $ (208   $ (542   $ (968
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 (dollars in millions):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in Cash Flow
Hedges
    Change in Net
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Securities
Available
for Sale
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other
Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (123   $ (5   $ 151     $ (539   $ (516
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (153     —         (25     (3     (181

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —         1       (2     4       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

     (153     1       (27     1       (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

   $ (276   $ (4   $ 124     $ (538   $ (694
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests were not material in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

LOGO   86  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Earnings per Common Share.

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      

Basic EPS:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1,545     $ 1,250  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     39       (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,584       1,231  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —         122  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     79       147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

     1,505       962  

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

     (11     (11

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

     (13     (13

Less: Preferred dividends (Series E Preferred Stock)

     (15     —    

Less: Preferred dividends (Series F Preferred Stock)

     (15     —    

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1):

    

From continuing operations

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,449     $ 936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,924       1,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.73     $ 0.50  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.02       (0.01 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

   $ 0.75     $ 0.49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

    

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,449     $ 936  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,924       1,901  

Effect of dilutive securities:

  

Stock options and RSUs(1)

     45       39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

     1,969       1,940  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.72     $ 0.49  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.02       (0.01 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

   $ 0.74     $ 0.48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

 

  87   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

       2014              2013      
     (shares in millions)  

RSUs and performance-based stock units

     16        5  

Stock options

     13        37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     29        42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

16. Interest Income and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest income(1):

    

Trading assets(2)

   $ 514     $ 604  

Securities available for sale

     138       96  

Loans

     355       244  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     38       26  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

     (9     92  

Other

     307       326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ 1,343     $ 1,388  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

    

Deposits

   $ 23     $ 41  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     —         9  

Long-term debt

     932       960  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

     326       450  

Other

     (246     (254
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,035     $ 1,206  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   $ 308     $ 182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
(2) Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.

 

LOGO   88  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17. Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit expense for its pension and postretirement plans were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

   $ 6     $ 7  

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     40       39  

Expected return on plan assets

     (28     (28

Net amortization of prior service costs

     (3     (4

Net amortization of actuarial loss

     6       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

   $ 21     $ 24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

18. Income Taxes.

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently under review by the IRS Appeals Office for the remaining issues covering tax years 1999 – 2005. Also, the Company is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2006 – 2008 and 2007 – 2009, respectively.

The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

It is reasonably possible that the gross and net balances of unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $4.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2014 may decrease significantly within the next 12 months due to the expected completion of an IRS field examination in connection with the audit of tax years 2006 – 2008. At this time it is not possible to reasonably estimate the impact on the effective tax rate and the potential benefit to Income from continuing operations due to the forward-looking nature of such analysis. During 2014, the Company also expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate, the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition or the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 included a discrete tax benefit of $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of

 

  89   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2012. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $61 million associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations.

 

19. Segment and Geographic Information.

Segment Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

   Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

   $ 4,834     $ 3,083      $ 745     $ (41   $ 8,621  

Interest income

     881       581        1       (120     1,343  

Interest expense

     1,106       42        6       (119     1,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (225     539        (5     (1     308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues(1)

   $ 4,609     $ 3,622      $ 740     $ (42   $ 8,929  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 1,353     $ 691      $ 263     $ —        $ 2,307  

Provision for income taxes

     403       268        91       —          762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     950       423        172       —          1,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(2):

           

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

     43       —           1       —          44  

Provision for income taxes

     5       —           —          —          5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

     38       —           1       —          39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     988       423        173       —          1,584  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     25       —           54       —          79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 963     $ 423      $ 119     $ —        $ 1,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   90  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

   Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

   $ 4,308     $ 3,057     $ 649     $ (46   $ 7,968  

Interest income

     1,014       488       2       (116     1,388  

Interest expense

     1,241       75       6       (116     1,206  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (227     413       (4     —          182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues(1)

   $ 4,081     $ 3,470     $ 645     $ (46   $ 8,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 799     $ 597     $ 187     $ —        $ 1,583  

Provision for income taxes

     61       220       52       —          333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     738       377       135       —          1,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(2):

          

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (30     (1     1       —          (30

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (11     —          —          —          (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (19     (1     1       —          (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     719       376       136       —          1,231  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     1       121       —          —          122  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     96       —          51       —          147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 622     $ 255     $ 85     $ —        $ 962  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. The amount of cumulative performance-based fee revenue at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $556 million at March 31, 2014 and approximately $489 million at December 31, 2013 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).
(2) See Note 1 for discussion of discontinued operations.

 

Total Assets(1)

   Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

At March 31, 2014

   $ 666,407      $ 157,474      $ 7,500      $ 831,381  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

   $ 668,596      $ 156,711      $ 7,395      $ 832,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

 

  91   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Geographic Information.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through European and Asian locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

   

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

   

Wealth Management: wealth management representative coverage location.

 

   

Investment Management: client location, except for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses, which are based on asset location.

 

         Three Months Ended    
March  31,
 

Net Revenues

   2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Americas

   $ 6,515      $ 5,951  

EMEA

     1,422        1,066  

Asia

     992        1,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 8,929      $ 8,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20. Equity Method Investments.

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $4,804 million and $4,746 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, included in Other investments in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Income from these investments was $38 million and $64 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The revenues for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were primarily related to the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”), as described below.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS. The Company accounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment. During the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded income of $58 million and $125 million, respectively, within Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS.

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

 

LOGO   92  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

21. Subsequent Events.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements through the date of this report and the Company has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these condensed consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:

Common Dividend.

On April 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.10. The dividend is payable on May 15, 2014 to common shareholders of record on April 30, 2014 (see Note 14).

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to March 31, 2014 and through April 30, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of issuances) decreased by approximately $0.5 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $3.0 billion in senior debt on April 28, 2014.

Issuances of Preferred Stock.

Series G Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 20,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value (“Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series G Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation.

Series H Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 1,300,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,300 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, $0.01 par value (“Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share). The Series H Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation.

 

  93   LOGO


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2014, the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in total equity for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. These condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2013, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 25, 2014, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

May 6, 2014

 

  94  


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Introduction.

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital-raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including: the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary) and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income, and commodity prices, interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements; the Company’s reputation; inflation, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies; technological changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and “Other Matters” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the

 

  95   LOGO


Table of Contents

Company’s future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Executive Summary—Significant Items” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and “Other Matters” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item  1 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

Executive Summary.

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      

Net revenues:

    

Institutional Securities

   $ 4,609     $ 4,081  

Wealth Management

     3,622       3,470  

Investment Management

     740       645  

Intersegment Eliminations

     (42     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

   $ 8,929     $ 8,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,584     $ 1,231  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

     —         122  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

     79       147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,505     $ 962  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Institutional Securities

   $ 925     $ 641  

Wealth Management

     423       256  

Investment Management

     118       84  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,466     $ 981  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)

     39       (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,505     $ 962  

Preferred stock dividends

     56       26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,449     $ 936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.73     $ 0.50  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

     0.02       (0.01 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share(3)

   $ 0.75     $ 0.49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.72     $ 0.49  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

     0.02       (0.01 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share(3)

   $ 0.74     $ 0.48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Regional net revenues(4):

    

Americas

   $ 6,515     $ 5,951  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     1,422       1,066  

Asia

     992       1,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 8,929     $ 8,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   96  


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2014     2013  

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(5):

   

Institutional Securities

  $ 30.8     $ 39.9  

Wealth Management

    11.3       13.4  

Investment Management

    2.6       2.8  

Parent capital

    18.6       4.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

  $ 63.3     $ 60.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(6):

   

Institutional Securities

    11.6     6.2

Wealth Management

    14.1     7.6

Investment Management

    18.3     11.9

Consolidated

    8.9     6.3

Book value per common share(7)

  $ 32.38     $ 31.21  

Average tangible common equity (dollars in billions)(8)

  $ 53.4     $ 53.4  

Return on average tangible common equity(9)

    10.6     7.2

Tangible book value per common share(10)

  $ 27.41     $ 27.38  

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)

    33.0     21.0

Worldwide employees at March 31, 2014 and 2013

    55,883       55,289  

Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities at March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in billions)(12)

  $ 203     $ 186  

Average Global Liquidity Reserve (dollars in billions)(12):

   

Bank legal entities

  $ 90     $ 69  

Non-bank legal entities

    110       118  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average Global Liquidity Reserve

  $ 200     $ 187  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at March 31, 2014 and 2013

  $ 831,381     $ 801,383  

Total deposits at March 31, 2014 and 2013

  $ 116,648     $ 80,623  

Long-term borrowings at March 31, 2014 and 2013

  $ 153,374     $ 165,142  

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2013 (next 12 months)

  $ 22,639     $ 22,138  

Capital ratios at March 31, 2014 and 2013(13):

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio/Tier 1 common capital ratio

    14.1     11.5

Tier 1 capital ratio

    15.6     13.9

Total capital ratio

    17.7     14.5

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    7.6     7.0

Consolidated assets under management or supervision at March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in billions)(14):

   

Investment Management(15)

  $ 382     $ 341  

Wealth Management

    720       618  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,102     $ 959  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  97   LOGO


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      

Pre-tax profit margin(16):

    

Institutional Securities

     29     20

Wealth Management

     19     17

Investment Management

     36     29

Consolidated

     26     19

Selected management financial measures, excluding DVA:

    

Net revenues, excluding DVA(17)

   $ 8,803     $ 8,467  

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA(17)

   $ 1,391     $ 1,182  

Income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding DVA(17)

   $ 0.68     $ 0.60  

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA(6)

     8.3     7.5

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA(9)

     9.8     8.5

 

DVA—Debt Valuation Adjustment represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuation in the Company’s credit spreads and other credit factors.

(1) See Notes 2, 3 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Notes 3 and 14 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on redeemable and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests.
(2) See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on discontinued operations.
(3) For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(4) Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis. For further discussion regarding the geographic methodology for net revenues, see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(5) The computation of average common equity for each business segment is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework (“Required Capital Framework”), an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). Average common equity for each business segment is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy.
(6) The calculation of each business segment’s return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. The return on average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segments’ return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis. To determine the return on consolidated average common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.6% and (1.2)%, respectively.
(7) Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $63,851 million at March 31, 2014 and $61,196 million at March 31, 2013 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,972 million at March 31, 2014 and 1,961 million at March 31, 2013.
(8) Average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” herein.
(9) Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. The calculation of return on average tangible common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determine the return on average tangible common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.8% and (1.3)%, respectively.
(10) Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $54,046 million at March 31, 2014 and $53,687 million at March 31, 2013 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,972 million at March 31, 2014 and 1,961 million at March 31, 2013. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy.
(11) For a discussion of the effective income tax rate, see “Overview of the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 Financial Results” and “Significant Items—Income Tax Items” herein.
(12) For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.
(13)

At March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company calculated its Total capital, Tier 1 capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital (at March 31, 2014) and Tier 1 common capital (at March 31, 2013) ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy

 

LOGO   98  


Table of Contents
  standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The standards applicable in 2013 included the U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk requirements. The Company’s Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 were calculated under this revised framework. Beginning with the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculated the numerator of its Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Common Equity Tier 1 capital using the U.S. Basel III definition of capital and regulatory deductions and adjustments, subject to transitional provisions. In the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculated the denominator of its risk-based capital ratios using credit RWAs determined under the U.S. Basel I-based rules and market RWAs determined under Basel 2.5. The Company’s capital takes into consideration regulatory capital requirements as well as capital required for organic growth, acquisitions and other business needs. The methods for calculating the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through 2022 as aspects of the U.S. Basel III regulations are phased in and as the Company begins calculating RWAs using the U.S. Basel III advanced approaches in the second quarter of 2014, subject to a capital floor consisting of the U.S. Basel I-based and Basel 2.5 rules through December 31, 2014 and the U.S. Basel III standardized approach from January 1, 2015. Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is applicable at March 31, 2014 and Tier 1 common capital ratio is applicable at March 31, 2013. For further discussion of Total capital, Tier 1 capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios and RWAs, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(14) Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments.
(15) Amounts exclude the Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.
(16) Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(17) From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. For these purposes, “GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or an alternative method for assessing, our financial condition and operating results. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP, and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the GAAP financial measure.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013      

Reconciliation of Selected Management Financial Measures from a Non-GAAP to a GAAP Basis (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

     

Net revenues

     

Net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 8,803      $ 8,467  

Impact of DVA

     126        (317
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues—GAAP

   $ 8,929      $ 8,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

     

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP

   $ 1,391      $ 1,182  

Impact of DVA

     75        (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—GAAP

   $ 1,466      $ 981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

     

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—non-GAAP

   $ 0.68      $ 0.60  

Impact of DVA

     0.04        (0.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—GAAP

   $ 0.72      $ 0.49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  99   LOGO


Table of Contents

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

During the first quarter of 2014, global market and economic conditions remained on an overall upward trend from 2013 year-end. Global investor sentiment was mixed as worldwide the major market indices were relatively flat during the first quarter of 2014. The U.S. economy continued its long-term improvement, despite the lingering after-effects of the October 2013 budget crisis and a colder than normal winter. Although the U.S. employment situation generally improved, the unemployment rate remained flat. Inflation also remained relatively unchanged. The relatively benign U.S. economic environment has prompted the Federal Reserve to modestly scale back its quantitative easing program. In the Eurozone, a deep recession has finally ended, but growth remains slow. By contrast, the U.K. is having a stronger-than-expected recovery. Japan has experienced stronger growth as the lower yen has increased exports, and consumer spending has accelerated. In China, the government announced reforms to change the structure of the Chinese economy with the objective to maintain its current high growth rate. Elsewhere, emerging markets have experienced considerable volatility resulting in part from the Federal Reserve’s modest reduction of quantitative easing.

In the U.S., the NASDAQ and S&P 500 indices ended the first quarter of 2014 marginally higher compared with the beginning of the year, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average was marginally lower. U.S. labor market conditions were unchanged as the unemployment rate remained steady at 6.7% at March 31, 2014 unchanged from December 31, 2013. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, household spending and business investment continued to increase. Despite this, the recovery in the housing market remained slow. New housing starts declined in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the fourth quarter of 2013. Existing home sales also decreased, although new home sales expanded. On March 19, 2014, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Federal Reserve stated that U.S. fiscal policy is restraining economic growth, although the extent of restraint is diminishing. Inflation remained low, with a moderate increase in energy prices, but longer-term inflation expectations remained stable. The FOMC continues to keep key interest rates at historically low levels. At March 31, 2014, the federal funds target rate remained between 0.0% and 0.25%, while the discount rate remained at 0.75%. Despite historically low inflation and few indicators of increasing inflation, at its March 2014 meeting, the FOMC agreed to reduce its purchases of U.S. agency mortgages to a pace of $25 billion per month beginning in April 2014 (down from $30 billion per month in March 2014). The FOMC noted that this rate of purchases still meant its holdings of longer-term securities are increasing, which would put downward pressure on interest rates.

In Europe, major equity market indices were also mixed during the first quarter of 2014. The German DAX was flat, while the U.K. FTSE declined modestly and the French CAC increased by almost the same amount. Euro-area gross domestic product grew modestly in the first quarter of 2014. The European Central Bank (“ECB”) views this growth as indicative of an ongoing recovery supported by firmer domestic European demand. To stimulate economic activity, during 2013 the ECB lowered the benchmark interest rate from 0.75% to 0.25% and indicated it will keep open its special liquidity facilities until at least the middle of 2014. The euro-area unemployment rate remained unchanged at 11.8% at March 31, 2014 compared with 2013 year-end. At March 31, 2014, the Bank of England’s (“BOE”) benchmark interest rate was 0.5%, which was unchanged from December 31, 2013. The BOE also remained committed to an asset purchase program of £375 billon, also unchanged from December 31, 2013. The events in Ukraine may have effects on global growth if allowed to further escalate.

Major equity market indices in Asia ended the first quarter of 2014 lower, with the exception of the BSE Sensex index in India. Japan’s economic recovery continued during the first quarter of 2014 following a series of economic stimulus packages announced by the Japanese government and the Bank of Japan (“BOJ”) in early 2013. Consumer inflation in Japan has increased on a year-over-year basis for the first time in five years. China’s economic growth has slowed, especially in the manufacturing sector, but remained strong compared with the rest of the world. The Chinese government’s announced reforms reflect its intention to restructure its economy away from reliance on exports and investments and toward more sustainable growth driven by domestic consumption.

 

LOGO   100  


Table of Contents

Overview of the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 Financial Results.

Consolidated Results.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $1,505 million on net revenues of $8,929 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2014 (“current quarter”) compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $962 million on net revenues of $8,150 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2013 (“prior year quarter”).

Net revenues in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $126 million compared with negative revenues of $317 million in the prior year quarter. Non-interest expenses increased 1% to $6,622 million in the current quarter compared with $6,567 million in the prior year quarter. Compensation expenses increased 2% to $4,305 million in the current quarter compared with $4,214 million in the prior year quarter. Non-compensation expenses decreased 2% to $2,317 million in the current quarter compared with $2,353 million in the prior year quarter.

Earnings per diluted common share (“diluted EPS”) and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $0.74 and $0.72, respectively, in the current quarter compared with $0.48 and $0.49, respectively, in the prior year quarter.

Excluding the impact of DVA, net revenues were $8,803 million, and diluted EPS from continuing operations was $0.68 per share in the current quarter compared with $8,467 million and $0.60 per share, respectively, in the prior year quarter.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 33.0% and 21.0% for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 included an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $142 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”) and remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations. Excluding this aggregate discrete net tax benefit, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 would have been 30.0%. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

Institutional Securities.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $1,353 million in the current quarter compared with income from continuing operations before taxes of $799 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues for the current quarter were $4,609 million compared with $4,081 million in the prior year quarter. The results in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $126 million compared with negative revenues of $317 million in the prior year quarter. Investment banking revenues for the current quarter increased 20% from the prior year quarter to $1,136 million, reflecting increases across advisory and equity and fixed income underwriting. The presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of DVA is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, of $1,705 million increased 7% from the prior year quarter, reflecting higher levels of client activity and particularly strong performance in prime brokerage. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues of $1,654 million increased 9% from the prior year quarter. The increase primarily reflected higher results in commodities due to broad based strength across energy products, partially offset by lower volumes across most fixed income businesses. Net investment gains of $109 million were recognized in the current quarter compared with net investment gains of $142 million in the prior year quarter, which primarily included mark-to-market gains on principal investments and net gains from investments associated with the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Other revenues of $123 million were recognized in the current quarter compared with Other revenues of $133 million in the prior year quarter. Other revenues in both periods included income arising from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein), while in the current quarter Other revenues also reflect revenues related to TransMontaigne Inc., which included the sale of property. Non-interest expenses decreased 1% in the current quarter to $3,256 million, primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expenses, partially offset by higher

 

  101   LOGO


Table of Contents

non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses in the current quarter decreased 2% from the prior year quarter to $1,851 million, primarily due to severance expenses in the prior year quarter, partially offset by higher revenues. Non-compensation expenses were $1,405 million in the current quarter compared with $1,392 million in the prior year quarter, primarily due to an increase in professional services expenses, partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment expenses and information processing and communications expenses.

Wealth Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $691 million in the current quarter compared with $597 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $3,622 million in the current quarter compared with $3,470 million in the prior year quarter. Transactional revenues, consisting of Trading, Commissions and fees and Investment banking decreased 12% from the prior year quarter to $996 million. Trading revenues decreased 8% from the prior year quarter to $275 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Commissions and fees revenues decreased 3% from the prior year quarter to $540 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower insurance and mutual fund activity. Investment banking revenues decreased 34% from the prior year quarter to $181 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and equity. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 9% from the prior year quarter to $2,021 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program and managed futures. Net interest increased 31% from the prior year quarter to $539 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher bank deposit balances and higher lending balances. Total client asset balances were $1,943 billion at March 31, 2014 and client assets in fee-based accounts were $724 billion, or 37% of total client assets. Fee-based client asset flows for the current quarter were $19.0 billion compared with $15.3 billion in the prior year quarter. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 5% from the prior year quarter to $2,169 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 6% from the prior year quarter to $762 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower professional services expenses, partially offset by higher marketing and business development expenses.

Investment Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $263 million in the current quarter compared with $187 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $740 million in the current quarter compared with $645 million in the prior year quarter. The increase in net revenues reflected higher net investment gains predominantly within the Company’s Merchant Banking business and higher gains in Traditional Asset Management, partially offset by lower gains on investments in the Real Estate Investing business. Non-interest expenses were $477 million in the current quarter compared with $458 million in the prior year quarter. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 10% to $285 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 4% to $192 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower information processing and communications expenses, partially offset by higher marketing and business development expenses.

Significant Items.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.    During the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded income of $58 million and $125 million, respectively, within Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS. Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests associated with the Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) was $18 million and $90 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (see Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

LOGO   102  


Table of Contents

Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts associated with loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment (see “Business Segments—Institutional Securities” herein):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Gains on loans and lending commitments and Net interest(1)

   $ 60     $ 254  

Losses on hedges(1)

     (15     (49

Other revenues: (Provision)/Release for loan losses

     33       (28

Other revenues: Gains (losses) on loans held for sale

     (36     8  

Other expenses: Provision for unfunded commitments

     (19     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23     $ 173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in sales and trading net revenues.

Income Tax Items.    The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 included a discrete tax benefit of $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the Relief Act. The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $61 million associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations.

 

  103   LOGO


Table of Contents

Business Segments.

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Net Revenues.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as a market maker as well as gains and losses on the Company’s related positions. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line item since they relate to market-making positions. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in the Commissions and fees line item. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for related services would be recorded in Commissions and fees.

The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will be offset by changes in fair value of investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities, across all of its trading businesses, that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

 

LOGO   104  


Table of Contents

Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s holdings as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans (as mentioned above). Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company is clearing trades on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets held by consolidated real estate funds, which are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Wealth Management business segment are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management fees in the Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Investment Management business segment are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including trading assets and trading liabilities; securities available for sale; securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; loans; deposits; commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; long-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) and Securities borrowed and Securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest revenues on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through its U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”). The Company’s lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include corporate lending activities, in which the Company

 

  105   LOGO


Table of Contents

provides loans or lending commitments to selected corporate clients. In addition to corporate lending activity, the Institutional Securities business segment engages to a lesser extent in other lending activity, including corporate loans purchased and sold in the secondary market. The Company’s lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment principally include margin loans collateralized by securities, securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities in Portfolio Loan Accounts (“PLAs”) and residential mortgage lending. The Company expects its lending activities to continue to grow. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3. See also Notes 8 and 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s financing receivables and lending commitments, respectively.

 

LOGO   106  


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

   $ 1,136     $ 945  

Trading

     2,707       2,414  

Investments

     109       142  

Commissions and fees

     678       608  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     81       66  

Other

     123       133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     4,834       4,308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     881       1,014  

Interest expense

     1,106       1,241  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (225     (227
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     4,609       4,081  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

     1,851       1,890  

Non-compensation expenses

     1,405       1,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     3,256       3,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     1,353       799  

Provision for income taxes

     403       61  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     950       738  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     43       (30

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     5       (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

     38       (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     988       719  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —         1  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     25       96  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 963     $ 622  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 925     $ 641  

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

     38       (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 963     $ 622  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  107   LOGO


Table of Contents

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Advisory revenues

   $ 336      $ 251  

Underwriting revenues:

     

Equity underwriting revenues

     315        283  

Fixed income underwriting revenues

     485        411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total underwriting revenues

     800        694  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment banking revenues

   $ 1,136      $ 945  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s volumes of announced and completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and equity-related offerings, and fixed income offerings:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014(1)              2013(1)      
     (dollars in billions)  

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

   $ 215      $ 72  

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

     200        193  

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

     16        14  

Fixed income offerings(4)

     66        71  

 

(1) Source: Thomson Reuters, data at April 16, 2014. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.
(2) Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.
(3) Amounts include Rule 144A and public common stock, convertible and rights offerings.
(4) Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Amounts also include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 increased 20% from the comparable period in 2013, reflecting increases across advisory and equity and fixed income underwriting. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) were $336 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 34% from the quarter ended March 31, 2013, reflecting higher levels of M&A activity, principally in the Americas. Industry-wide announced M&A activity for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 increased compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2013, with increases across all regions. Overall, underwriting revenues of $800 million increased 15% from the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Equity underwriting revenues increased 11% to $315 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, reflecting increased initial public offering activity in Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia. Fixed income underwriting revenues were $485 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 18% from the comparable period in 2013, reflecting a favorable leveraged finance environment.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.    Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues; Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest revenues (expenses). See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of the above-referenced components of sales and trading revenues. In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to trading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated

 

LOGO   108  


Table of Contents

with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses. See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information related to gains (losses) on derivative instruments.

Sales and trading net revenues were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013(1)      
     (dollars in millions)  

Trading

   $ 2,707     $ 2,414  

Commissions and fees

     678       608  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     81       66  

Net interest

     (225     (227
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 3,241     $ 2,861  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Sales and trading net revenues by business were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013(1)      
     (dollars in millions)  

Equity

   $ 1,755     $ 1,512  

Fixed income and commodities

     1,730       1,277  

Other(2)

     (244     72  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 3,241     $ 2,861  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(2) Other sales and trading net revenues include net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity held (“negative carry”), net gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and net gains (losses) from certain loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending activities.

Total sales and trading net revenues increased to $3,241 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from $2,861 million in the comparable period in 2013, reflecting higher revenues in equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues. The increase was partially offset by losses in other sales and trading net revenues in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with gains in comparable period in 2013.

 

  109   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA (see footnote 2 in the following table). The reconciliation of sales and trading, including equity sales and trading and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, from a non-GAAP to a GAAP basis is as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013(1)      
     (dollars in millions)  

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 3,115      $ 3,178  

Impact of DVA

     126        (317
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 3,241      $ 2,861  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 1,705      $ 1,591  

Impact of DVA

     50        (79
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues

   $ 1,755      $ 1,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 1,654      $ 1,515  

Impact of DVA

     76        (238
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

   $ 1,730      $ 1,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(2) Sales and trading net revenues, including equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading net revenues increased to $1,755 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from $1,512 million in the comparable period in 2013. The results in equity sales and trading net revenues included positive revenue due to the impact of DVA of $50 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with negative revenue of $79 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 7% to $1,705 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013, reflecting higher levels of client activity and particularly strong performance in prime brokerage.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues were $1,730 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with net revenues of $1,277 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Results in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 included positive revenue of $76 million due to the impact of DVA compared with negative revenue of $238 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased substantially (inclusive of increased net revenues in the Company’s global oil merchanting business and TransMontaigne) in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, over the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting broad based strength across energy products, driven by increased client demand and extreme weather in the northeast U.S. (see “Global Oil Merchanting Business and TransMontaigne” herein). Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 decreased 20% over the quarter ended March 31, 2013, primarily reflecting lower volumes across most fixed income businesses.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2014, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected gains of $9 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other factors compared with gains of $6 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The Company also recorded losses of $21 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $72 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

 

LOGO   110  


Table of Contents

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues discussed above, sales and trading net revenues included other trading revenues, consisting of costs related to negative carry, gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities.

Other sales and trading net losses were $244 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with net revenues of $72 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 primarily included costs related to the Company’s long-term debt. Results in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included net gains of $45 million and $205 million, respectively, associated with corporate loans and lending commitments.

Net Interest.    Net interest expense at $225 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was essentially flat compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Investments.    Net investment gains of $109 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with net investment gains of $142 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The results in both periods primarily included mark-to-market gains on principal investments and net gains from investments associated with the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

Other.    Other revenues of $123 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with other revenues of $133 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 primarily included income of $58 million, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS, compared with income of $125 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). Additionally, other revenues in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 also reflect revenues related to TransMontaigne Inc., which included the sale of property.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses decreased 1% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expenses, partially offset by higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 2% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to severance expenses of $113 million related to reductions in force in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, partially offset by higher revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 1% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in professional services expenses, partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment expenses and information processing and communications expenses.

Discontinued Operations.

On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of CanTerm Canadian Terminals Inc. (“CanTerm”), a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. The results of CanTerm are reported as discontinued operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

For a discussion about discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG’s interest in MSMS (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein).

 

  111   LOGO


Table of Contents

Global Oil Merchanting Business and TransMontaigne.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. At March 31, 2014, this business is held for sale, but it does not meet the criteria for discontinued operations.

Also, on December 20, 2013, the Company announced it is exploring strategic options for its stake in TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries. At March 31, 2014, no definitive decision has been reached regarding this business, and accordingly, it does not meet the held for sale criteria.

 

LOGO   112  


Table of Contents

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
         2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

     

Investment banking

   $ 181      $ 274  

Trading

     275        298  

Investments

     4        3  

Commissions and fees

     540        559  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     2,021        1,858  

Other

     62        65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     3,083        3,057  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income

     581        488  

Interest expense

     42        75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest

     539        413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

     3,622        3,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

     2,169        2,065  

Non-compensation expenses

     762        808  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     2,931        2,873  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     691        597  

Provision for income taxes

     268        220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     423        377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     —          (1

Provision for income taxes

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     423        376  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —          121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 423      $ 255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 423      $ 256  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 423      $ 255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  113   LOGO


Table of Contents

Statistical Data (dollars in billions, except where noted).

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      

Wealth Management representatives at March 31, 2014 and 2013

     16,426       16,284  

Annualized revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(1)

   $ 881     $ 851  

Assets by client segment at March 31, 2014 and 2013:

    

$10 million or more

   $ 701     $ 604  

$1 million to $10 million

     789       730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal $1 million or more

     1,490       1,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

$100,000 to $1 million

     412       416  

Less than $100,000

     41       44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total client assets

   $ 1,943     $ 1,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets(2)

     37     35

Client assets per representative (dollars in millions)(3)

   $ 118     $ 110  

Fee-based asset flows(4)

   $ 19.0     $ 15.3  

Bank deposits at March 31, 2014 and 2013

   $ 132     $ 126  

Retail locations at March 31, 2014 and 2013

     642       691  

 

(1) Annualized revenues per representative for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 equal the Wealth Management business segment’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.
(3) Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.
(4) Fee-based asset flows include dividends, interest and client fees and exclude cash management related activity.

Wealth Management JV.    On June 28, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% stake in the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”) for $4.725 billion. As the 100% owner of the Wealth Management JV, the Company retains all of the related net income previously applicable to the noncontrolling interests in the Wealth Management JV, and benefit from the termination of certain related debt and operating agreements with the Wealth Management JV partner.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, $5 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2014, approximately $24 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

For further information, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Net Revenues.    The Wealth Management business segment’s net revenues are comprised of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues. Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program. Net interest revenues include net interest revenues related to the bank deposit program, interest on securities available for sale and all other net interest revenues. Other revenues include revenues from available for sale securities, customer account services fees, other miscellaneous revenues and revenues from Investments.

 

LOGO   114  


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Net revenues:

     

Transactional

   $ 996      $ 1,131  

Asset management

     2,021        1,858  

Net interest

     539        413  

Other

     66        68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 3,622      $ 3,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues decreased 34% to $181 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and equity.

Trading.    Trading revenues decreased 8% to $275 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues decreased 3% to $540 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower insurance and mutual fund activity.

Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.     Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 9% to $2,021 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program and managed futures. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $28 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from $88 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, due to the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $132 billion at March 31, 2014 from $126 billion at March 31, 2013, which includes deposits held by Company-affiliated Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured depository institutions of $108 billion at March 31, 2014 and $69 billion at March 31, 2013.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $724 billion and represented 37% of total client assets at March 31, 2014 compared with $621 billion and 35% at March 31, 2013, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,943 billion at March 31, 2014 from $1,794 billion at March 31, 2013, primarily due to the impact of market conditions and higher fee-based client asset flows. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,490 billion at March 31, 2014 from $1,334 billion at March 31, 2013. Fee-based client asset flows for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 were $19.0 billion compared with $15.3 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

  115   LOGO


Table of Contents

Net Interest.

Net interest increased 31% to $539 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher bank deposit balances and higher lending balances. In addition, interest expense declined in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 due to the Company’s redemption of all the Class A Preferred Interests owned by Citi and its affiliates, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV effective at the end of the second quarter of 2013. The loans and lending commitments in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment have grown in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Business Segments—Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3.

Non-interest Expenses.

Non-interest expenses increased 2% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 5% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 6% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013. Other expenses decreased 12% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower amortization expense and a lower FDIC assessment on deposits. Professional services expenses decreased 7% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower consulting expenses and technology infrastructure costs. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in marketing and business development expenses of 9% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher costs associated with conferences and seminars.

 

LOGO   116  


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

   $ 4     $ 5  

Trading

     (20     (6

Investments

     246       193  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     473       455  

Other

     42       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     745       649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     1       2  

Interest expense

     6       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (5     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     740       645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

     285       259  

Non-compensation expenses

     192       199  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     477       458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     263       187  

Provision for income taxes

     91       52  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     172       135  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

     1       1  

Provision for income taxes

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

     1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     173       136  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     54       51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 119     $ 85  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 118     $ 84  

Income from discontinued operations

     1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 119     $ 85  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  117   LOGO


Table of Contents

Statistical Data.

The Investment Management business segment’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

    At
March 31,
    Average for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
        2014             2013             2014             2013      
    (dollars in billions)  

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

       

Traditional Asset Management:

       

Equity

  $ 145     $ 127     $ 141     $ 125  

Fixed income

    61       62       61       63  

Liquidity

    114       95       113       99  

Alternatives(1)

    34       28       33       28  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

    354       312       348       315  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

    21       20       22       20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking

    7       9       8       9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets under management or supervision

  $ 382     $ 341     $ 378     $ 344  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of minority stake assets(2)

  $ 7     $ 6     $ 7     $ 5  

 

(1) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(2) Amounts represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

Activity in the Investment Management business segment’s assets under management or supervision during the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2014             2013      
     (dollars in billions)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 373     $ 338  

Net flows by asset class:

    

Traditional Asset Management:

    

Equity

     3       —    

Fixed income

     (1     2  

Liquidity

     2       (5

Alternatives(1)

     2       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

     6       (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net flows

     6       (3

Net market appreciation

     3       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net increase

     9       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 382     $ 341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.

 

LOGO   118  


Table of Contents

Trading.    The Company recognized losses of $20 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with losses of $6 million in the comparable period of 2013. Trading results in both periods primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Investments.    The Company recorded net investment gains of $246 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 compared with gains of $193 million in the comparable period of 2013. The increase in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was primarily related to higher net investment gains predominantly within the Company’s Merchant Banking business and higher gains in Traditional Asset Management, partially offset by lower gains on investments in the Real Estate Investing business.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 4% to $473 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The increase primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues, primarily due to higher average assets under management.

The Company’s assets under management increased $41 billion from $341 billion at March 31, 2013 to $382 billion at March 31, 2014, reflecting market appreciation and positive net flows. The Company recorded $3 billion in market appreciation and net inflows of $6 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, reflecting net customer inflows in equity, liquidity and alternatives funds, partially offset by net customer outflows in fixed income funds. In the quarter ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded $6 billion in market appreciation and $3 billion in net customer outflows primarily reflecting net customer outflows in liquidity funds, partially offset by net customer inflows in fixed income funds.

Other.    Other revenues were $42 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 as compared with $2 million in the comparable period of 2013. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 included higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in certain third party investment managers. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 were partially offset by an impairment charge related to the restructuring of the partnership agreement associated with one of these minority investments.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were $477 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 as compared with $458 million in the comparable period of 2013. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 10% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 4% in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to lower information processing and communications expenses and other expenses, partially offset by higher marketing and business development expenses.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Investment gains associated with these consolidated funds were $70 million and $67 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

  119   LOGO


Table of Contents

Accounting Developments.

Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that changes the requirements and disclosure for reporting discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Individually significant components that have been disposed of or are held for sale that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation require new disclosures. This guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2015. Early adoption is permitted.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. This guidance can be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). As a practical expedient, an entity is permitted to amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the tax credits allocated to the entity if the entity reasonably expects that doing so would produce a measurement that is substantially similar. This guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning January 1, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO   120  


Table of Contents

Other Matters.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition included amounts representing real estate investment assets of condensed consolidated subsidiaries of approximately $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, including noncontrolling interests of approximately $1.8 billion and a net investment amount of approximately $0.5 billion in both periods. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for the Company and investors to use in assessing the Company’s net exposure. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $0.2 billion at March 31, 2014.

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part II, Item 1, herein and Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

Income Tax Matters.

New York State corporate tax reform (the “tax reform”) was signed into law on March 31, 2014. The tax reform, which is effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, merges the existing bank franchise tax into a substantially amended general corporation franchise tax and adopts customer based single receipts factor for all New York taxpayers. The tax reform mainly impacted the Company’s banking subsidiaries and did not have a material impact on the Company’s 2014 annual effective tax rate and condensed consolidated statement of income for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

The income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. has previously been excluded from taxation in the U.S. as a result of a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. This provision as well as other provisions that allow for tax benefits from certain tax credits, which expired for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, had previously been extended by Congress on several occasions, including the most recent extension which occurred during 2013. The increase to the effective tax rate as a result of the expiration of the provisions is estimated to be immaterial on a quarterly and an annual basis.

Regulatory Outlook.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it remains difficult to assess fully the impact that the

 

  121   LOGO


Table of Contents

Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. In addition, various international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions to risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards by the Basel Committee, including Basel III, and the implementation of those standards in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, will continue to impact the Company in the coming years.

At the end of 2013, the U.S. regulators adopted the final Volcker Rule regulations. Banking entities, including the Company, generally have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule, subject to possible extensions. The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

It is likely that 2014 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. See also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

LOGO   122  


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

   

Securities available for sale;

 

   

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

   

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

   

Certain Deposits;

 

   

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

   

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

   

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

   

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.    At March 31, 2014, certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, and intangible assets. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

  123   LOGO


Table of Contents

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

See Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 for additional information regarding the Company’s valuation policies, processes and procedures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets.    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

LOGO   124  


Table of Contents

See Notes 4 and 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes.

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

  125   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Company’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’s deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. The Company’s deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attributes carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performs regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize net operating losses before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Company may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimates it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in our estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 for additional information on the Company’s significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on the Company’s tax examinations.

 

LOGO   126  


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

The Company’s senior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

The Balance Sheet.

The Company monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet on a regular basis. The Company’s balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business specific limits, monitoring of business specific usage versus limits, key metrics and new business impact assessments.

The Company establishes balance sheet limits at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitors balance sheet usage versus limits, and variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations are reviewed. On a regular basis, the Company reviews current performance versus limits and assesses the need to re-allocate limits based on business unit needs. The Company also monitors key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

The tables below summarize total assets for the Company’s business segments at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 26,480      $ 28,180      $ 764      $ 55,424  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

     40,966        2,685        —           43,651  

Trading assets

     252,871        1,945        4,729        259,545  

Securities available for sale

     5,818        53,068        —          58,886  

Securities received as collateral(2)

     21,613        —          —          21,613  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

     96,145        11,431        —          107,576  

Securities borrowed(2)

     147,153        442        —          147,595  

Customer and other receivables(2)

     37,813        22,004        689        60,506  

Loans:

           

Held for investment, net of allowance

     14,104        27,471        —          41,575  

Held for sale

     4,636        94        —          4,730  

Other assets(3)

     18,808        10,154        1,318        30,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

   $ 666,407      $ 157,474      $ 7,500      $ 831,381  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  127   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2013  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 30,169      $ 28,967      $ 747      $ 59,883  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

     36,422        2,781        —          39,203  

Trading assets

     273,959        2,104        4,681        280,744  

Securities available for sale

     —          53,430        —          53,430  

Securities received as collateral(2)

     20,508        —          —          20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

     106,812        11,318        —          118,130  

Securities borrowed(2)

     129,366        341        —          129,707  

Customer and other receivables(2)

     33,927        22,493        684        57,104  

Loans:

           

Held for investment

     11,661        24,884        —          36,545  

Held for sale

     6,229        100        —          6,329  

Other assets(3)

     19,543        10,293        1,283        31,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

   $ 668,596      $ 156,711      $ 7,395      $ 832,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks.
(2) Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3) Other assets include Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets; and Other assets.
(4) Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserves of $203 billion and $202 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets decreased to $831,381 million at March 31, 2014 from $832,702 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease in total assets was primarily due to a decrease in Trading assets, partially offset by an increase in Securities borrowed.

The Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. At March 31, 2014, securities financing assets and liabilities were $362 billion and $345 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2013, securities financing assets and liabilities were $352 billion and $353 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, and customer and other receivables and payables. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $147 billion at March 31, 2014 and averaged $166 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balance was lower than the average balances during the quarter ended March 31, 2014 due to a general reduction in repurchase financing. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed were $255 billion at March 31, 2014 and averaged $256 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, and customer cash,

 

LOGO   128  


Table of Contents

which is segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage customers. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $22 billion and $21 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Company has access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable the Company to fulfill its financial obligations and support the execution of the Company’s business strategies.

The following principles guide the Company’s liquidity risk management framework:

 

   

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

   

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

   

Source, counterparty, currency, region, and term of funding should be diversified; and

 

   

Limited access to funding should be anticipated through the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

The core components of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework are the CFP, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve (as defined below), which support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Company’s CFP describes the data and information flows, limits, targets, operating environment indicators, escalation procedures, roles and responsibilities, and available mitigating actions in the event of a liquidity stress. The CFP also sets forth the principal elements of the Company’s liquidity stress testing which identifies stress events of different severity and duration, assesses current funding sources and uses and establishes a plan for monitoring and managing a potential liquidity stress event.

Liquidity Stress Tests.

The Company uses liquidity stress tests to model liquidity outflows across multiple scenarios over a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events.

The assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

No government support;

 

   

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

 

   

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

 

   

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

 

   

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

 

   

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

 

   

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

 

  129   LOGO


Table of Contents
   

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

 

   

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

 

   

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

 

   

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

 

   

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent. The Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves that are subject to any regulatory, legal or tax constraints. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, the Company takes into consideration the settlement risk related to intra-day settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At March 31, 2014, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in its Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve: unsecured debt maturity profile, balance sheet size and composition, funding needs in a stressed environment inclusive of contingent cash outflows and collateral requirements. In addition, the Global Liquidity Reserve includes an additional reserve, which is primarily a discretionary surplus based on the Company’s risk tolerance and is subject to change dependent on market and firm-specific events.

The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent and major operating subsidiaries. The Global Liquidity Reserve is composed of diversified cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered highly liquid securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities.

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

 

     At
March 31, 2014
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Cash deposits with banks

   $ 15  

Cash deposits with central banks

     34  

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

  

U.S. government obligations

     72  

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

     26  

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

     37  

Investments in money market funds

     1  

Other investment grade securities

     18  
  

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

   $ 203  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

 

LOGO   130  


Table of Contents

The ability to monetize assets during a liquidity crisis is critical. The Company believes that the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized within five business days in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The currency profile of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. In addition to the Global Liquidity Reserve, the Company has other cash and cash equivalents and other unencumbered assets that are available for monetization that are not included in the balances in the table above.

Global Liquidity Reserve Held by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities.

The table below summarizes the Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities:

 

                   Average Balance(1)  
     At
March 31,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2014
     For the Three
Months Ended
December 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in billions)         

Bank legal entities:

           

Domestic

   $ 84      $ 85      $ 85      $ 82  

Foreign

     6        4        5        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

     90        89        90        87  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

           

Domestic(2)

     78        80        77        79  

Foreign

     35        33        33        33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

     113        113        110        112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 203      $ 202      $ 200      $ 199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(2) The Parent held $57 billion at March 31, 2014, which averaged $57 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Basel Liquidity Framework.

The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banks and bank holding companies. The Company is compliant with the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, which stipulates that the ratio of the Company’s portfolio of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to total net cash outflows over a 30-day standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario must be at least 100%.

The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and is defined as the ratio of the amount of available stable funding to the amount of required stable funding. This standard’s objective is to promote resilience over a longer time horizon. In January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR and continues to contemplate the introduction of the NSFR, including any final revisions, as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.

In October 2013, the U.S. banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in the United States (“U.S. LCR proposal”). The U.S. LCR proposal would apply to the Company and MSBNA and MSPBNA (the “Subsidiary Banks”). The U.S. LCR proposal is more stringent in certain respects compared with the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, and includes a generally narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, a different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period as well as a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The Company continues to evaluate the U.S. LCR proposal and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements.

 

  131   LOGO


Table of Contents

Funding Management.

The Company manages its funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing.    A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and arises principally from its Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Company actively manages its secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company defines highly liquid assets as those that are consistent with the standards of the Global Liquidity Reserve, and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these standards. At March 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of the Company’s secured financing against less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company has established concentration limits to diversify its investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains spare capacity, or term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory, as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets or our ability to access them become limited. Finally, in addition to the above risk management framework, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities and non-security assets are financed with a combination of long- and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’s unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Company may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to the Company’s interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

 

     At
March 31, 2014
     At
December 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Commercial paper

   $ —        $ 8  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,786        2,134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,786      $ 2,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   132  


Table of Contents

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Subsidiary Banks are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, $5 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2014, approximately $24 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015 (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Deposits were as follows:

 

     At
March 31, 2014(1)
     At
December 31, 2013(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Savings and demand deposits(2)

   $ 114,461      $ 109,908  

Time deposits(3)

     2,187        2,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 116,648      $ 112,379  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $87 billion and $84 billion, respectively.
(2) There were no non-interest bearing deposits at March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013.
(3) Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Senior Indebtedness.    At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding carrying amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $143 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries).

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company believes that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The Company may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.

Long-term borrowings at March 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

     Parent      Subsidiaries      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2014

   $ 16,425      $ 3,113      $ 19,538  

Due in 2015

     19,414        1,156        20,570  

Due in 2016

     21,060        1,705        22,765  

Due in 2017

     24,504        1,664        26,168  

Due in 2018

     13,521        1,246        14,767  

Thereafter

     47,825        1,741        49,566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 142,749      $ 10,625      $ 153,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  133   LOGO


Table of Contents

Long-Term Borrowing Activity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014.    During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuances of $2.1 billion in senior debt on March 31, 2014 and $2.8 billion in senior debt on January 24, 2014. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.4 years at March 31, 2014. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, approximately $9 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to March 31, 2014 and through April 30, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of issuances) decreased by approximately $0.5 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $3.0 billion in senior debt on April 28, 2014.

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally is impacted by the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies will look at company specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macro-economic environment and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from external sources of potential support, as well as perceived government support of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. Rating agencies continue to monitor the progress of U.S. financial reform legislation to assess whether the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises is negatively impacted. Legislative and rulemaking outcomes may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. For example, in November 2013, Moody’s Investor Services Inc. (“Moody’s”) took certain ratings actions with respect to eight large U.S. banking groups, including downgrading the Company to remove certain uplift from the U.S. government support in their ratings. At the same time, proposed and final U.S. financial reform legislation and attendant rulemaking also have positive implications for credit ratings such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any change in rating agency views on changes in government support and other financial reform is currently uncertain.

At April 30, 2014, the Parent’s and MSBNA’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

 

    Parent   Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
    Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook
  Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

  R-1 (middle)   A (high)   Negative   —     —     —  

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

  F1   A   Stable   F1   A   Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

  P-2   Baa2   Stable   P-2   A3   Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

  a-1   A   Negative   —     —     —  

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC

  A-2   A-   Negative   A-1   A   Negative

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company is a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company is in a net asset or liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and S&P. At March 31,

 

LOGO   134  


Table of Contents

2014, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,558 million and an incremental $3,241 million, respectively.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it will have on the Company’s business and results of operation in future periods is inherently uncertain and will depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company may take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management.

The Company’s senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

At March 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $1.1 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s existing authorized program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

In July 2013, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase through March 31, 2014 up to $500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock under rules relating to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8, Capital Planning). During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $150 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to the Company’s 2014 capital plan, which includes a share repurchase of up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015, as well as an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.10 per share from $0.05 per share, beginning with the dividend declared in the second quarter of 2014 (see Note 21 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In April 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.10. In March 2014, the Company also announced that the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $250.00 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25000), a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, a quarterly dividend of $445.31 per share of Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.44531), and a quarterly dividend of $429.69 per share of Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.42969).

 

  135   LOGO


Table of Contents

Issuances of Preferred Stock.

Series G Preferred Stock. On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 20,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value (“Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series G Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation.

Series H Preferred Stock. On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 1,300,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,300 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, $0.01 par value (“Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share). The Series H Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation.

The following table sets forth the Company’s tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and average balances during 2014:

 

     Balance at     Average Balance(1)  
     March 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Common equity

   $ 63,851     $ 62,701     $ 63,264  

Preferred equity

     3,220       3,220       3,220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     67,071       65,921       66,484  

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     4,859       4,849       4,857  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (9,805     (9,873     (9,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   $ 62,125     $ 60,897     $ 61,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity

   $ 63,851     $ 62,701     $ 63,264  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (9,805     (9,873     (9,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(3)

   $ 54,046     $ 52,828     $ 53,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company calculates its average balances based upon month-end balances.
(2) The goodwill and net intangible assets deduction exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $6 million and $7 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(3) Tangible common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.

Capital Covenants.

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”), which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

 

LOGO   136  


Table of Contents

Regulatory Requirements.

Regulatory Capital Framework.

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Subsidiary Banks.

Implementation of U.S. Basel III.

The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee. The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and the Subsidiary Banks became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014. Certain aspects of U.S. Basel III will be phased in over several years. Prior to January 1, 2014, the Company and the Subsidiary Banks calculated regulatory capital ratios using the U.S. banking regulators’ U.S. Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5.” The Company became subject to Basel 2.5 on January 1, 2013.

U.S. Basel III, which is aimed at increasing the quality and amount of regulatory capital, establishes Common Equity Tier 1 capital as a new tier of capital, increases minimum required risk-based capital ratios, provides for capital buffers above those minimum ratios, narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments, provides for new regulatory capital deductions and adjustments, modifies methods for calculating risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”)—the denominator of risk-based capital ratios—by, among other things, strengthening counterparty credit risk capital requirements and, introduces a supplementary leverage ratio.

Under U.S. Basel III, the Company is subject, on a fully phased-in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company will also be subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by U.S. banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

In addition, under U.S. Basel III new items (including certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions) are deducted from regulatory capital and certain existing deductions are modified. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (“AFS”) will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.

The Company is subject to a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio, defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total on-balance sheet assets (subject to certain adjustments), of 4%. Beginning on January 1, 2018, the Company will also be subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3%, and must maintain a buffer of greater than 2% (for a total of greater than 5%) to avoid restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a discussion of the supplementary leverage ratio, see “Supplementary leverage ratio” herein.

In 2014, as a result of the U.S. Basel III phase-in provisions, the Company is subject to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 5.5%, and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. In addition, the percentage of the regulatory deductions and adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 capital that apply to the Company in 2014 ranges from 20% to 100%, depending on the specific deduction or adjustment item.

 

  137   LOGO


Table of Contents

U.S. Basel III also narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. As a result of these revisions, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy U.S. Basel III’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and models such as the Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 3. Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3. Under the U.S. Basel III advanced approaches, which the Company will begin reporting under in the second quarter of 2014, the Company will also be required to calculate and hold capital against operational RWAs. Operational RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing).

U.S. Basel III requires Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) a standardized approach for calculating credit RWAs as supplemented by market RWAs calculated under U.S. Basel III (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) after approval by regulators, an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit RWAs and advanced measurement approaches for calculating operational RWAs, as supplemented by market RWAs calculated under Basel III (the “Advanced Approaches”). A key difference between the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches is that the former mandates the use of standardized risk weights and methodologies for calculating RWAs, whereas the latter permit the use of supervisor-approved internal models and methodologies that meet specified qualitative and quantitative requirements to calculate RWAs, which generally give rise to more risk-sensitive measurements. Unlike the Advanced Approaches, the Standardized Approach does not include capital requirements for operational risk.

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ exit from a parallel run using the Advanced Approaches framework. As a result, the Company will use the Advanced Approaches to calculate and publicly disclose its risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will be required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its operational RWAs. These conditions are likely to result in an increase in the Company’s operational RWAs and thus reduce the Company’s pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the Advanced Approaches at March 31, 2014 by approximately 50 basis points. For a further discussion regarding the Company’s estimates for its pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 risk based capital ratio, see “Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios” herein.

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approaches banking organizations, such as the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, to a permanent “capital floor.” In calendar year 2014, the capital floor is based on the U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by Basel 2.5. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel I capital floor will be replaced by the Standardized Approach. The Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. The capital floor applies to the calculation of both minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, the countercyclical capital buffer.

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased-in and as the Company begins calculating RWAs using the Advanced Approaches. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s

 

LOGO   138  


Table of Contents

capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile. Beginning in the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculates the numerator of its risk-based capital ratios using the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital determined under U.S. Basel III, subject to transitional arrangements. In the first quarter of 2014, the Company calculated the denominator of its risk-based capital ratios using the existing U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by Basel 2.5. Beginning with the second quarter of 2014 and ending with the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company will be required to calculate each risk-based capital ratio using both the U.S. Basel I-based rules and the Advanced Approaches. The Company’s risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes will be the lower of each ratio calculated under the U.S. Basel I-based rules and the Advanced Approaches. Beginning in January 1, 2015, the Company will be required to calculate each risk-based capital ratio using both the Advanced Approaches and the Standardized Approach. As a result, from January 1, 2015 onwards, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes, including for calculating the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, the countercyclical capital buffer, will be the lower of each ratio calculated under the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios.    At March 31, 2014, the Company had a Common Equity Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 14.1%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 15.6%, a total risk based capital ratio of 17.7% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% on a transitional basis. While the Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III, the U.S. banking regulators have revised the well-capitalized standard for insured depository institutions such as the Subsidiary Banks. Assuming that the Federal Reserve will apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio, at March 31, 2014, would exceed the revised well-capitalized standard.

The following table rolls forward the Company’s Tier 1 common capital under U.S. Basel I-based rules at December 31, 2013 to its Common Equity Tier 1 capital under U.S. Basel III transitional rules at March 31, 2014 (dollars in millions). Under U.S. Basel III, new items are deducted from regulatory capital and certain existing deductions are modified. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018.

 

Tier 1 common capital under U.S. Basel I-based rules at December 31, 2013

   $  49,917  

Change in the value of shareholders’ common equity quarter over quarter

     1,150  

New items subject to deduction and adjustments under U.S. Basel III transitional rules:

  

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

     (172

Investments in capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions

     (227

Other new adjustments and deductions

     (40

Modification of existing deductions under U.S. Basel III transitional rules:

  

Net goodwill

     (216

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

     2,689  

Net deferred tax assets

     2,230  

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment

     (1,035

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

     310  

U.S. Basel I deductions that are no longer applicable under U.S. Basel III transitional rules

     1,584  
  

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital under U.S. Basel III transitional rules at March 31, 2014

   $ 56,190  
  

 

 

 

 

  139   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following table shows the adjustments made from the Company’s shareholders’ equity to Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 Common, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Total allowable capital as defined by the applicable regulations issued by the Federal Reserve for the dates noted and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

    At
March 31,
2014
(U.S. Basel III)(1)
    At
December  31,
2013

(U.S. Basel I)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

   

Common stock and surplus

  $ 21,297     $ 21,622  

Retained earnings

    43,522       42,172  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (968     (1,093

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Net goodwill

    (6,811     (6,595

Less: Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

    (590     (3,279

Less: Credit spread premium over risk free rate for derivative liabilities

    (172     N/A  

Less: Net deferred tax assets

    (649     (2,879

Less: Investments in capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions

    (227     N/A  

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

    240       1,275  

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

    588       278  

Other adjustments and deductions

    (40     (1,584
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital (at March 31, 2014) and Total Tier 1 common capital (at December 31, 2013)

    56,190       49,917  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

   

Preferred stock

    3,220       3,220  

Trust preferred securities

    2,429       4,761  

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    2,664       3,109  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Credit spread premium over risk free rate for derivative liabilities

    (688     N/A  

Less: Net deferred tax assets

    (2,595     N/A  

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

    960       N/A  

Other adjustments and deductions

    (81     N/A  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

    5,909       11,090  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

    62,099       61,007  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   140  


Table of Contents
    At
March 31,
2014
(U.S. Basel III)(1)
    At
December  31,
2013

(U.S. Basel I)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Tier 2 capital:

   

Subordinated debt

    5,704       5,559  

Trust preferred securities

    2,429       N/A  

Other qualifying amounts

    327       284  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

    (103     (850
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

    8,357       4,993  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 70,456     $ 66,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets:

   

Market risk

  $ 119,456     $ 133,760  

Credit risk

    278,459        255,915  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

  $ 397,915     $ 389,675  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

   

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio/Tier 1 common capital ratio

    14.1     12.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital ratio

    15.6     15.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital ratio

    17.7     16.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    7.6     7.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted average assets(2)

  $ 821,253      $ 805,838  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

N/A—Not Applicable
(1) On January 1, 2014, the Company became subject to U.S. Basel III, pursuant to which new items are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. Certain aspects of U.S. Basel III will be phased in over several years. Prior periods have not been restated to conform to U.S. Basel III.
(2) Average total on-balance sheet assets subject to certain adjustments in accordance with U.S. Basel I rules for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and U.S. Basel III rules for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

The Company estimates its pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio under the fully phased-in Advanced Approaches and the Standardized Approach to be approximately 11.6% and 10.2%, respectively, at March 31, 2014. These estimates are based on the Company’s current understanding of U.S. Basel III and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to U.S. Basel III, and as the interpretation of the regulation evolves over time. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is based on shareholders’ equity, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and certain other data inputs at March 31, 2014. These preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.     The Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule requires large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans in order for the Federal Reserve to assess their systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy. The rule also requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution.

In addition, the Federal Reserve’s final rule on stress testing under the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. The rule also subjects the Company to an annual supervisory

 

  141   LOGO


Table of Contents

stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Assessment and Review (“CCAR”) process.

The Company submitted its 2014 annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2014. In March 2014, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act and CCAR supervisory stress tests of each large bank holding company, including the Company. The Company received no objection to its 2014 capital plan (see “Capital Management” herein).

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate U.S. Basel III into their capital plans and Dodd-Frank Act stress test results. Among other things, the final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both Tier 1 Common capital ratio using the methodology currently in effect under U.S. Basel I-based rules and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under U.S. Basel III after giving effect to transitional arrangements. The final rule also requires Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Company, to incorporate the Advanced Approaches into the capital planning and stress testing cycles that begin on October 1, 2015.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires a national bank with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test. Beginning in 2012, the OCC’s implementing regulation requires national banks with $50 billion or more in average total consolidated assets, including MSBNA, to conduct its Dodd-Frank Act stress test. MSBNA submitted its company-run stress test results to the OCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014. The OCC’s regulation also requires a national bank with more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion in average total consolidated assets, including MSPBNA, to submit the results of its Dodd-Frank Act stress test by March 31, 2014. However, MSPBNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test.

Risk-based Capital Surcharge.    In addition to U.S. Basel III, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and assigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of RWAs. The Company is provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to annually update the list of G-SIBs and the risk-based capital surcharge assigned to each G-SIB.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio.    The U.S. banking regulators have issued a final rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards for certain large bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. Under the final rule, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a leverage buffer of Tier 1 capital of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The final rule also establishes a “well-capitalized” threshold based on a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Subsidiary Banks. In April 2014, the U.S. banking regulators proposed revisions to the denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio to implement the Basel Committee’s January 2014 revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator proposed by the U.S. banking regulators differs from the original version of the supplementary leverage ratio in the U.S. Basel III final rule with respect to the treatment of, among other things, derivatives (including centrally cleared derivatives and sold credit protection), securities financing transactions and certain off-balance sheet items. The enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards will become effective on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure beginning in 2015. Based on a preliminary analysis of the final rule and the proposed denominator revisions, the Company estimates its pro forma supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 4.2% at March 31, 2014. The pro forma supplementary leverage ratio estimate is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have

 

LOGO   142  


Table of Contents

not yet become effective. Based on a preliminary analysis of the proposed standards, the Company expects to meet the supplementary leverage ratio of greater than 5% in 2015. As the revised denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio is currently a proposed rule, and may change based on final rules issued by the U.S. banking regulators, the Company’s expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on the proposed denominator revisions. Further, the expectations should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s supplemental leverage ratios or earnings or assets will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Required Capital.

The Company’s required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital Framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Common Equity Tier 1 capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 were approximately $55.4 billion, $36.8 billion and $18.6 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including U.S. Basel III transitional deductions and adjustments expected to reduce the Company’s capital through 2018. The increase in Parent capital in the first quarter of 2014 was primarily driven by these transitional provisions. The Company also holds Parent capital for organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital Framework as well as each segment’s relative contribution to total Company Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital Framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The Company will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

The following table presents the business segments’ and Parent’s average Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 Common capital and average common equity for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and the quarter ended December 31, 2013:

 

     March 31, 2014 (U.S. Basel III)      December 31, 2013 (U.S. Basel I)  
     Average
Common Equity
Tier 1 Capital
     Average
Common
Equity
     Average
Tier 1 Common
Capital
     Average
Common
Equity
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Institutional Securities

   $ 29.9      $ 30.8      $ 31.4      $ 36.2  

Wealth Management

     5.3        11.3        4.5        13.2  

Investment Management

     1.6        2.6        1.8        2.9  

Parent capital

     18.6        18.6        11.9        10.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55.4      $ 63.3      $ 49.6      $ 63.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities (“VIE”), primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. See “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities” included in Part II, Item 7, of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information.

See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information on guarantees.

 

  143   LOGO


Table of Contents

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2014 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     Years to Maturity      Total at
March 31,
2014
 
     Less
than 1
     1-3      3-5      Over 5     
     (dollars in millions)  

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 728      $ 11      $ —        $ 1      $ 740  

Investment activities

     523        66        34        402        1,025  

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

     11,104        13,187        35,613        531        60,435  

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

     1,967        5,073        11,613        2,676        21,329  

Secondary lending commitments(2)

     37        30        47        174        288  

Commitments for secured lending transactions

     1,619        258        5        4        1,886  

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

     84,630        —          —          —          84,630  

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

     1,625        87        258        291        2,261  

Underwriting commitments

     1,410        —          —          —          1,410  

Other lending commitments

     3,194        680        256        77        4,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 106,837      $ 19,392      $ 47,826      $ 4,156      $ 178,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This amount includes $50.9 billion of investment grade and $12.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.8 billion of investment grade and $6.7 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at March 31, 2014. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2) These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(3) The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to March 31, 2014 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days, and of the total amount at March 31, 2014, $81 billion settled within three business days.
(4) The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

To the extent that an increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of the Company’s liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s non-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered.

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

LOGO   144  


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market Risk.

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-related market risk within the Wealth Management business segment. The Investment Management business segment incurs principally Non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles. For a further discussion of the Company’s Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

VaR.

The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.

The Company estimates VaR using a model based on volatility adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. The Company’s VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The Company’s 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

The Company uses VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions, and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most

 

  145   LOGO


Table of Contents

appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis, and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of regular process improvement, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated, and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile, rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

The Company utilizes the same VaR model for risk management purposes as well as regulatory capital calculations. The Company’s VaR model has been approved by the Company’s regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for the Company’s Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty credit valuation adjustments, and loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges. Additionally, the Company’s Management VaR excludes certain risks contained in its Regulatory VaR, such as hedges to counterparty exposures related to the Company’s own credit spread.

Table 1 below presents the Management VaR for the Company’s Trading portfolio, on a period-end, annual average and annual high and low basis. The Credit Portfolio is disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories, and includes loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges, as well as counterparty credit valuation adjustments and related hedges.

 

LOGO   146  


Table of Contents

Trading Risks.

The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day Management VaR:

 

Table 1: 95% Management VaR    95%/One-Day VaR for
the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014
     95%/One-Day VaR for
the Quarter Ended December 31, 2013
 

Market Risk Category

   Period
End
    Average     High      Low      Period
End
      Average       High      Low  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate and credit spread

   $ 31     $ 33     $ 40      $ 28      $ 41     $ 35     $ 42      $ 31  

Equity price

     19       19       26        16        22       20       26        18  

Foreign exchange rate

     15       14       17        11        15       17       22        12  

Commodity price

     19       20       24        15        15       18       24        15  

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (41     (40     N/A        N/A        (44     (44     N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Primary Risk Categories

   $ 43     $ 46     $ 53      $ 41      $ 49     $ 46     $ 51      $ 43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Credit Portfolio

     13       12       13        11        12       13       15        12  

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (7     (8     N/A        N/A        (8     (8     N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total Management VaR

   $ 49     $ 50     $ 58      $ 45      $ 53     $ 51     $ 54      $ 47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

(1) Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.
(2) N/A–Not Applicable. The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

The Company’s average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories was $46 million for both the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

The average Credit Portfolio VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was $12 million compared with $13 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

The average Total Management VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was $50 million compared with $51 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenues is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model could be questioned. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Company, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the histograms below for both the Primary Risk Categories and the Total Trading populations.

 

  147   LOGO


Table of Contents

Primary Risk Categories.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was $46 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, which was in a range between $40 million and $49 million for approximately 84% of the trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   148  


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues for the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. This excludes non-trading revenues of these businesses and revenues associated with the Company’s own credit risk. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories experienced net trading losses on 2 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR.

 

LOGO

 

  149   LOGO


Table of Contents

Total Trading—including the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR, which includes the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio, for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was $50 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, which was in a range between $44 million and $53 million for approximately 83% of trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   150  


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues for the Company’s Trading businesses for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. This excludes non-trading revenues of these businesses and revenues associated with the Company’s own credit risk. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company experienced net trading losses on 3 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Management VaR.

 

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks.

The Company believes that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of the Company’s non-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis, which covers substantially all of the non-trading risk in the Company’s portfolio.

Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Spread.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $6 million and $5 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Funding Liabilities.

The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $11 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity on Income from Continuing Operations.

The Company measures the interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity of net interest income to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months. This sensitivity analysis includes positions that are mark-to-market, as well as positions that are accounted for on an accrual basis. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch.

 

  151   LOGO


Table of Contents

Given the currently low interest rate environment, the Company uses the following two interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of 100 and 200 basis point increases to all points on all yield curves simultaneously.

The hypothetical model does not assume any growth, change in business focus, asset pricing philosophy or asset/liability funding mix and does not capture how the Company would respond to significant changes in market conditions. Furthermore, the model does not reflect the Company’s expectations regarding the movement of interest rates in the near term, nor the actual effect on income from continuing operations before income taxes if such changes were to occur.

 

     March 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     +100 Basis
Points
     +200 Basis
Points
     +100 Basis
Points
     +200 Basis
Points
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 714      $ 1,259      $ 642      $ 1,102  

Investments.

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values.

 

     10% Sensitivity  

Investments

   March 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

     

Hedge fund investments

   $ 108      $ 104  

Private equity and infrastructure funds

     148        148  

Real estate funds

     158        158  

Other investments:

     

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

     170        161  

Other Company investments

     194        198  

Credit Risk.

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. See Notes 8 and 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s financing receivables and lending commitments, respectively.

 

LOGO   152  


Table of Contents

Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchases loans in the secondary market. The table below summarizes the Company’s loan activity at March 31, 2014. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2014. See Notes 4 and 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

 

     Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
     Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
     Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
     Total(4)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

   $ 8,359      $ 3,316      $ 3,831      $ 15,506  

Consumer loans

     —          —          12,636        12,636  

Residential real estate loans

     —          —          11,004        11,004  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —          2,429        —          2,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     8,359        5,745        27,471        41,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     4,635        —          —          4,635  

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —    

Residential real estate loans

     —          1        94        95  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     4,635        1        94        4,730  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     1,959        7,992        —          9,951  

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —    

Residential real estate loans

     —          1,401        —          1,401  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —          2,047        —          2,047  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

     1,959        11,440        —          13,399  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 14,953      $ 17,186      $ 27,565      $ 59,704  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In addition to loans, at March 31, 2014, $63.5 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $10.5 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $7.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(2) In addition to loans, at March 31, 2014, $1.6 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment and $1.7 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3) In addition to loans, at March 31, 2014, $5.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment.
(4) The above table excludes customer margin loans outstanding of $27.2 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.2 billion at March 31, 2014. See Notes 6 and 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Activities.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments to select corporate clients. These loans and lending commitments have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

The Company’s corporate lending credit exposure is primarily from loan and lending commitments used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In addition, the Company provides “event-driven” loans and lending commitments associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. The Company’s “event-driven” loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

 

  153   LOGO


Table of Contents

Corporate lending commitments may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication or sales process. Such syndications or sales may involve third-party institutional investors where the Company may have a custodial relationship, such as prime brokerage clients.

The Company may hedge and/or sell its exposures in connection with loans and lending commitments. Additionally, the Company may mitigate credit risk by requiring borrowers to pledge collateral and include financial covenants in lending commitments. In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition these loans are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

The table below presents the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments, which are measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards at March 31, 2014. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes funded and unfunded lending commitments. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at March 31, 2014

 

     Years to Maturity      Total
Corporate
Lending

Exposure(2)
 

Credit Rating(1)

   Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5     
     (dollars in millions)  

AAA

   $ 859      $ 164      $ 71      $ —        $ 1,094  

AA

     2,834        2,071        4,985        —          9,890  

A

     4,753        3,860        11,742        452        20,807  

BBB

     3,634        9,171        21,964        411        35,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment grade

     12,080        15,266        38,762        863        66,971  

Non-investment grade

     3,004        7,480        14,848        3,150        28,482  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,084      $ 22,746      $ 53,610      $ 4,013      $ 95,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.
(2) Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the market price of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.

At March 31, 2014, the aggregate amount of investment grade funded loans was $6.5 billion and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade funded loans was $7.2 billion. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded and unfunded lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $7.3 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $95.5 billion at March 31, 2014.

“Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at March 31, 2014.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at March 31, 2014 were “event-driven” exposures of $12.8 billion composed of funded loans of $1.9 billion and lending commitments of $10.9 billion. Included in the “event-driven” exposure at March 31, 2014 were $8.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of the “event-driven” loans and lending commitments at March 31, 2014 was as follows: 48% will mature in less than 1 year, 8% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 26% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 18% will mature in over 5 years.

 

LOGO   154  


Table of Contents

Industry Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed below.

The following table shows the Company’s credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments by industry at March 31, 2014:

 

Industry

   Corporate Lending
Exposure
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Energy

   $ 12,215  

Utilities

     11,187  

Consumer discretionary

     10,016  

Industrials

     8,683  

Healthcare

     8,378  

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

     8,247  

Information technology

     7,289  

Telecommunications services

     7,065  

Consumer staples

     6,724  

Real Estate

     5,029  

Materials

     4,827  

Other

     5,793  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 95,453  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Other Lending Activities.    In addition to the primary corporate lending activity described above, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activity. These loans primarily include corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, commercial and residential mortgage loans, asset-backed loans and financing extended to institutional clients. At March 31, 2014, approximately 99.9% of Institutional Securities Other lending activities held for investment were current; less than 0.1% were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

At March 31, 2014, Institutional Securities Other lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

 

     Years to Maturity      Total Institutional
Securities Other
Lending Activities
 
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5     
     (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

   $ 4,922      $ 2,280      $ 2,245      $ 1,861      $ 11,308  

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —          —    

Residential real estate loans

     —          —          82        1,320        1,402  

Wholesale real estate loans

     231        1,810        896        1,539        4,476  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,153      $ 4,090      $ 3,223      $ 4,720      $ 17,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, Institutional Securities Other lending activities include “margin lending,” which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At March 31, 2014, Institutional Securities margin lending of $13.3 billion is classified within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  155   LOGO


Table of Contents

Wealth Management Lending Activities.    The principal Wealth Management lending activities includes securities-based lending and residential real estate loans. At March 31, 2014, Wealth Management’s lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

 

     Years to Maturity      Total Wealth
Management
Lending Activities
 
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5     
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities-based lending and other loans

   $ 14,456      $ 813      $ 534      $ 664      $ 16,467  

Residential real estate loans

     —          —          —          11,098        11,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,456      $ 813      $ 534      $ 11,762      $ 27,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’s retail clients is primarily conducted through the Company’s PLA platform and had an outstanding balance of $14.4 billion within the $16.5 billion in the above table at March 31, 2014. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishes approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of these loans are the amount, the proposed pledged collateral and its diversification profile and, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral is also reviewed with respect to the valuation of the securities, historical trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans. For these loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. Mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Company’s portfolio.

Wealth Management also provides margin lending to retail clients and had an outstanding balance of $13.9 billion at March 31, 2014, which is classified within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

In addition, the Company’s Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established by the Company to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans, recorded in Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from four to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with its OTC derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities

 

LOGO   156  


Table of Contents

consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’s OTC derivative products, see Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

The Company trades in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manages any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented. The effectiveness of the Company’s CDS protection as a hedge of the Company’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties is composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at March 31, 2014. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’s credit derivative portfolio, see Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Fair Values(1)     Notionals  
     Receivable      Payable      Net     Beneficiary      Guarantor  
     (dollars in millions)  

Banks and securities firms

   $ 32,332      $ 31,301      $ 1,031     $ 1,033,651      $ 993,868  

Insurance and other financial institutions

     7,352        6,911        441       227,791        265,176  

Non-financial entities

     99        107        (8     4,892        3,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,783      $ 38,319      $ 1,464     $ 1,266,334      $ 1,262,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 6% of receivable fair values and 7% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Other

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short- or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization,

 

  157   LOGO


Table of Contents

including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information about the Company’s securitization activities. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those respective areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

Country Risk Exposure. 

Country risk exposure is the risk that uncertainties arising from the economic, social, security and political conditions within a foreign country (any other country other than the U.S.) will adversely affect the ability of the sovereign government and/or obligors within the country to honor their obligations to the Company. Country risk exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes obligations from sovereign governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions. The Company actively manages country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Company to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedges is monitored and managed.

The Company’s obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

The Company conducts periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on the Company’s credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by the Company’s risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Second order risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. The Company also conducts legal and documentation analysis of its exposures to obligors in peripheral jurisdictions, which are defined as exposures in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “European Peripherals”), to identify the risk that such exposures could be redenominated into new currencies or subject to capital controls in the case of country exit from the Euro-zone. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

The Company’s sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Its non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s five largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at March 31, 2014. Index credit derivatives are included in the Company’s country risk exposure tables. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

 

LOGO   158  


Table of Contents

Country

   Net
Inventory(1)
    Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
     Funded
Lending
     Unfunded
Commitments
     Exposure
Before
Hedges
    Hedges(4)     Net
Exposure(5)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 865     $ 36      $ —        $ —        $ 901     $ (75   $ 826  

Non-sovereigns

     1,452       12,203        1,114        5,789        20,558       (2,320     18,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 2,317     $ 12,239      $ 1,114      $ 5,789      $ 21,459     $ (2,395   $ 19,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Japan:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 5,118     $ 86      $ —        $ —        $ 5,204     $ (11   $ 5,193  

Non-sovereigns

     887       1,970        24        —          2,881       (51     2,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 6,005     $ 2,056      $ 24      $ —        $ 8,085     $ (62   $ 8,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

France:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ (38   $ 5      $ —        $ —        $ (33   $ (255   $ (288

Non-sovereigns

     184       2,493        297        4,677        7,651       (410     7,241  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 146     $ 2,498      $ 297      $ 4,677      $ 7,618     $ (665   $ 6,953  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Germany:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 611     $ 785      $ —        $ —        $ 1,396     $ (1,472   $ (76

Non-sovereigns

     (470     3,283        195        4,987        7,995       (1,522     6,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 141     $ 4,068      $ 195      $ 4,987      $ 9,391     $ (2,994   $ 6,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Canada:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 646     $ 478      $ —        $ —        $ 1,124     $ —       $ 1,124  

Non-sovereigns

     567       1,462        165        1,412        3,606       (68     3,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,213     $ 1,940      $ 165      $ 1,412      $ 4,730     $ (68   $ 4,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At March 31, 2014, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(269.9) billion, $266.9 billion and $(3.08) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2) Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3) At March 31, 2014, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $7.9 billion in the U.K., with 97% of collateral consisting of cash, U.S. and U.K. government obligations, and $12.0 billion in Germany with 95% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of France, Belgium and Netherlands. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the three other countries totaled approximately $8.9 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash, U.S. and Japanese government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.
(4) Represents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5) In addition, at March 31, 2014, the Company had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $7.8 billion.

 

  159   LOGO


Table of Contents

Country Risk Exposure—Select European Countries.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company has exposure to many foreign countries. The following table shows the Company’s exposure to the European Peripherals at March 31, 2014. Country exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes obligations from sovereigns and non-sovereigns, which include governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions.

 

Country

  Net
Inventory(1)
    Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
    Funded
Lending
    Unfunded
Commitments
    CDS
Adjustment(4)
    Exposure
Before
Hedges
    Hedges(5)     Net
Exposure
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Greece:

               

Sovereigns

  $ 9     $ 28     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 37     $ —       $ 37  

Non-sovereigns

    163       6       —         —         —         169       13       182  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 172     $ 34     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 206     $ 13     $ 219  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ireland:

               

Sovereigns

  $ 76     $ 2     $ —       $ —       $ 5     $ 83     $ 60     $ 143  

Non-sovereigns

    312       68       167       7       2       556       13       569  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 388     $ 70     $ 167     $ 7     $ 7     $ 639     $ 73     $ 712  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Italy:

               

Sovereigns

  $ 93     $ 359     $ —       $ —       $ 721     $ 1,173     $ (347   $ 826  

Non-sovereigns

    293       767       —         625       109       1,794       (190     1,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 386     $ 1,126     $ —       $ 625     $ 830     $ 2,967     $ (537   $ 2,430  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Spain:

               

Sovereigns

  $ 547     $ 5     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ 568     $ —       $ 568  

Non-sovereigns

    141       239       72       1,078       7       1,537       (221     1,316  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 688     $ 244     $ 72     $ 1,078     $ 23     $ 2,105     $ (221   $ 1,884  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portugal:

               

Sovereigns

  $ (207   $ (1   $ —       $ —       $ 47     $ (161   $ (27   $ (188

Non-sovereigns

    (98     20       102       —         40       64       36       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ (305   $ 19     $ 102     $ —       $ 87     $ (97   $ 9     $ (88
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sovereigns

  $ 518     $ 393     $ —       $ —       $ 789     $ 1,700     $ (314   $ 1,386  

Non-sovereigns

    811       1,100       341       1,710       158       4,120       (349     3,771  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

               

European

               

Peripherals(6)

  $ 1,329     $ 1,493     $ 341     $ 1,710     $ 947     $ 5,820     $ (663   $ 5,157  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). At March 31, 2014, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for the European Peripherals were $(116.6) billion, $116.3 billion and $(0.3) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2) Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3) At March 31, 2014, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was 4.2 billion in the European Peripherals with 83% of collateral consisting of cash and German government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.
(4) CDS adjustment represents credit protection purchased from European Peripherals’ banks on European Peripherals’ sovereign and financial institution risk. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5) Represents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(6) In addition, at March 31, 2014, the Company had European Peripherals exposure for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $117 million.

 

LOGO   160  


Table of Contents

Industry Exposure—OTC Derivative Products.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

The following table shows the Company’s OTC derivative products by industry at March 31, 2014:

 

Industry

   OTC Derivative
Products(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Utilities

   $ 3,565  

Banks and securities firms

     2,543  

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

     2,071  

Special purpose vehicles

     1,955  

Regional governments

     1,441  

Healthcare

     1,238  

Industrials

     1,013  

Sovereign governments

     954  

Not-for-profit organizations

     782  

Consumer staples

     576  

Real Estate

     515  

Insurance

     467  

Energy

     437   

Other

     824  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,381  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(2) Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

 

  161   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO   162  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2014  
     Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest     Annualized
Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 109,299      $ 406       1.5

Non-U.S.

     116,111        108       0.4  

Securities available for sale:

       

U.S.

     55,431         138       1.0  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     43,577        340       3.2  

Non-U.S.

     383        15       15.9  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     44,161        27       0.2  

Non-U.S.

     6,745        11       0.7  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

       

U.S.

     168,006        (73     (0.2

Non-U.S.

     88,317        64       0.3  

Other:

       

U.S.

     68,726        159       0.9  

Non-U.S.

     16,879        148       3.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 717,635      $ 1,343       0.8
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     114,621       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 832,256       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 114,312      $ 23       0.1

Non-U.S.

     170        —         —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(2):

       

U.S.

     755        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     487        —         —    

Long-term debt(2):

       

U.S.

     142,747        920       2.6  

Non-U.S.

     9,464        12       0.5  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     23,836        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     56,132        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

       

U.S.

     99,858        141       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     66,079        185       1.1  

Other:

       

U.S.

     109,887        (294     (1.1

Non-U.S.

     44,166        48       0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 667,893      $ 1,035       0.6  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     164,363       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 832,256       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 308       0.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.
(2) The Company also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

  163   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2013  
     Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest     Annualized
Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 127,859      $ 527       1.7

Non-U.S.

     96,551        77       0.3  

Securities available for sale:

       

U.S.

     41,411        96       0.9  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     28,628        234       3.3  

Non-U.S.

     572        10       7.1  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     22,647        15       0.3  

Non-U.S.

     7,529        11       0.6  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

       

U.S.

     199,363        (52     (0.1

Non-U.S.

     93,713        144       0.6  

Other:

       

U.S.

     64,075        99       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     16,441        227       5.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 698,789      $ 1,388       0.8
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     125,572       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 824,361       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 79,698      $ 41       0.2

Non-U.S.

     2,151        —         —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(2):

       

U.S.

     725        1       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     767        8       4.2  

Long-term debt(2):

       

U.S.

     160,530        942       2.4  

Non-U.S.

     9,842        18       0.7  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     35,280        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     66,627        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

       

U.S.

     108,438        158       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     64,396        292       1.8  

Other:

       

U.S.

     91,845        (402     (1.8

Non-U.S.

     31,612        148       1.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 651,911      $ 1,206       0.8  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     172,450       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 824,361       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 182       —  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.
(2) The Company also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

LOGO   164  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 versus
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
     Increase (decrease) due to change in:        
             Volume                     Rate             Net Change  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest earning assets

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S.

   $ (76   $ (45   $ (121

Non-U.S.

     16       15       31  

Securities available for sale:

      

U.S.

     33       9       42  

Loans:

      

U.S.

     122       (16     106  

Non-U.S.

     (3     8       5  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

      

U.S.

     14       (2     12  

Non-U.S.

     (1     1       —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

      

U.S.

     8       (29     (21

Non-U.S.

     (8     (72     (80

Other:

      

U.S.

     7       53       60  

Non-U.S.

     5       (84     (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest income

   $ 117     $ (162   $ (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits:

      

U.S.

   $ 18     $ (36   $ (18

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

      

U.S.

     —         (1     (1

Non-U.S.

     (3     (5     (8

Long-term debt:

      

U.S.

     (104     82       (22

Non-U.S.

     (1     (5     (6

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

      

U.S.

     (13     (4     (17

Non-U.S.

     8       (115     (107

Other:

      

U.S.

     (79     187       108  

Non-U.S.

     59       (159     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

   $ (115   $ (56   $ (171
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 232     $ (106   $ 126  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  165   LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II—Other Information.

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

In addition to the matters described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Form 10-K”) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K or concern new actions that have been filed since December 31, 2013:

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.

Class Actions. 

On March 25, 2014, the court in Ge Dandong, et al. v. Pinnacle Performance Ltd., et al. denied the defendants’ petition seeking permission to appeal the court’s decision granting class certification.

 

LOGO   166  


Table of Contents

Other Litigation.

On April 18, 2014, the court in Sealink Funding Limited v. Morgan Stanley, et al. granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint.

On April 10, 2014, the court in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for Colonial Bank v. Citigroup Mortgage Loan Trust Inc. et al. denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss.

On April 22, 2014, the court in Bank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss in substantial part.

On March 12, 2014, the defendant in Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee for the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

On April 28, 2014, the court in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) granted in part and denied in part the plaintiff’s motion to strike certain of the defendants’ affirmative defenses.

On February 28, 2014, the defendants in Wilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al. filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On February 14, 2014, the defendants in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for United Western Bank v. Banc of America Funding Corp., et al. filed a notice removing the litigation to the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. On March 14, 2014, the plaintiff filed a motion to remand the action.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I 2007-1, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter is styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC and is pending in the SDNY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs.

Matters Related to the CDS Market.

On March 14, 2014, the defendants in In Re: Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ consolidated amended complaint.

 

  167   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
     Average Price
Paid Per
Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
     Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1

           

(January 1, 2014—January 31, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     851,000       $ 31.20         851,000       $ 1,183   

Employee Transactions(B)

     17,205,061       $ 30.07         —           —     

Month #2

           

(February 1, 2014—February 28, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     2,434,700       $ 29.61         2,434,700      $ 1,111   

Employee Transactions(B)

     121,531       $ 29.69         —           —     

Month #3

           

(March 1, 2014—March 31, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     1,618,200       $ 31.50         1,618,200      $ 1,060   

Employee Transactions(B)

     68,519       $ 30.43         —           —     

Total

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     4,903,900       $ 30.51         4,903,900      $ 1,060   

Employee Transactions(B)

     17,395,111       $ 30.07         —           —     

 

(A) On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015 under the Company’s 2014 capital plan. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $150 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I, Item 2.
(B) Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units, and (4) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset the cash payment for fractional shares. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.
(C) Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.

 

LOGO   168  


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By:   /s/ RUTH PORAT
 

Ruth Porat

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By:   /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH
 

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: May 6, 2014

 

  169   LOGO


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended March 31, 2014

 

Exhibit No.

    

Description

  3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), as amended by the Certificate of Elimination of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011), as amended by the Certificate of Merger of Domestic Corporations dated December 29, 2011 (Exhibit 3.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Exhibit 2.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 28, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (Exhibits 3.2 and 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-K dated April 29, 2014).
  4.1       Ninth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of March 10, 2014 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (supplemental to Senior Indenture dated November 1, 2004).
  10.1       Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan.
  10.2       Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units.
  10.3       Form of Award Certificate for Long-Term Incentive Program Awards.
  12          Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
  15          Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated May 6, 2014, concerning unaudited interim financial information.
  31.1       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1       Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
  32.2       Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
  101         Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, and (vi) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

  E-1   LOGO